UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO |
Commission File Number:
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
(Address of principal executive offices) |
(Zip Code) |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class |
|
Trading Symbol(s) |
|
Name of each exchange on which registered |
N/A |
|
N/A |
|
N/A |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer |
☐ |
|
|
Accelerated filer |
☐ |
|
|
|
|
||
☒ |
|
|
Smaller reporting company |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging growth company |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on The New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2023, was $
The number of shares of registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 15, 2024, was
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, scheduled to occur on June 18, 2024, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.
Table of Contents
` |
|
Page |
PART I |
|
|
Item 1. |
1 |
|
Item 1A. |
30 |
|
Item 1B. |
73 |
|
Item 1C. |
73 |
|
Item 2. |
74 |
|
Item 3. |
74 |
|
Item 4. |
74 |
|
|
|
|
PART II |
|
|
Item 5. |
75 |
|
Item 6. |
75 |
|
Item 7. |
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
76 |
Item 7A. |
89 |
|
Item 8. |
90 |
|
Item 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
90 |
Item 9A. |
90 |
|
Item 9B. |
91 |
|
Item 9C. |
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections |
91 |
|
|
|
PART III |
|
|
Item 10. |
92 |
|
Item 11. |
92 |
|
Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
92 |
Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
92 |
Item 14. |
92 |
|
|
|
|
PART IV |
|
|
Item 15. |
93 |
|
Item 16 |
98 |
We use “Vapotherm,” “High Velocity Therapy,” “HVT,” “HVT 2.0,” “Precision Flow,” “Hi-VNI,” “OAM,” “Vapotherm UK,” “Vapotherm Access,” and other marks as trademarks in the United States and/or in other countries. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position and market opportunity, is based on our management’s estimates and research, as well as industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. We believe that the information from these third-party publications, research, surveys and studies included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is reliable. Management’s estimates are derived from publicly available information, their knowledge of our industry and their assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations which are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in Part I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Vapotherm,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our,” refer to Vapotherm, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries.
On August 18, 2023, we effected a 1:8 reverse stock split for each share of common stock issued and outstanding. All shares and associated amounts in this report have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split.
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” and the negative of these terms and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words and the use of future dates. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning:
ii
The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are only predictions and are based largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in Part I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and Part II, “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. Any forward-looking statements made herein speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and you should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.
iii
PART I
Item 1. Business.
Overview
We are a global medical technology company primarily focused on the care of patients of all ages suffering from respiratory distress, whether associated with complex lung diseases such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (“COPD”), congestive heart failure (“CHF”), pneumonia, asthma and COVID-19 or other systemic conditions. Our mission is to improve the lives of patients suffering from complex lung disease and other forms of respiratory distress while reducing the cost of their care through integrated device and digital solutions. Our device solutions are focused on High Velocity Nasal Insufflation (“HVNI”, or “High Velocity Therapy”), which delivers non-invasive ventilatory support to patients by providing heated, humidified, oxygenated air at high velocities through a small-bore nasal interface, and on closed loop control systems such as our Oxygen Assist Module (“OAM”), designed to automatically maintain a patient’s pulse oxygen saturation (“SpO2”) levels within a specified range for a defined period of time. Our digital solutions are focused on remote patient monitoring, using proprietary algorithms to predict impending respiratory episodes before they occur and coordinate timely intervention, obviating the need for costly hospital admissions and minimizing patient distress. Although we exited the Vapotherm Access call center business, the underlying technology is being incorporated in our home based device we have been actively developing at our Technology Center in Singapore. While these device and digital solutions function independently, we believe leveraging the two together can create a unique healthcare ecosystem, focused on delivering high quality, efficient respiratory care in a variety of settings.
High Velocity Therapy is an advanced form of high flow therapy that is differentiated due to its ability to deliver breathing gases, including oxygen, at a high velocity, for the treatment of spontaneously breathing patients suffering from respiratory distress, including Type 1 hypoxic respiratory distress, like that experienced by patients with pneumonia or COVID-19, or Type 2 hypercapnic respiratory distress, like that experienced by patients with COPD. Our HVT 2.0 and Precision Flow systems (together, “High Velocity Therapy systems”), which use High Velocity Therapy technology, are clinically validated alternatives to, and address many limitations of, the current standard of care for the treatment of respiratory distress in a hospital setting. Our next generation High Velocity Therapy system, known as HVT 2.0, received initial 510k clearance from the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) in 2021, transitioned to full market release in August 2022, and received clearance for expanded respiratory distress indications in December 2022. The HVT 2.0 platform is cleared for therapy in multiple settings of care, although it is presently being marketed primarily for hospital use. As of December 31, 2023, more than 4.2 million patients have been treated with our High Velocity Therapy systems, and we have a global installed base of over 37,500 units, an increase of 2.0% compared to December 31, 2022.
The COVID-19 pandemic transformed our business significantly and contributed in at least two primary ways: first, it resulted in increased awareness of the unique efficacy of our High Velocity Therapy for the treatment of COVID-19 patients, and generally, resulting in high global demand for our technology and the concomitant rapid growth of our installed base. Today, our brand is a recognized and respected name in an ever-increasing number of hospitals around the world. Second, many respiratory distress patients who require ventilatory support are initially treated in a hospital’s emergency department (“ED”) with the goal of stabilizing these patients with a non-invasive ventilation therapy so their underlying condition can be treated. Our focus on hospital emergency departments as an effective entry point for our products resulted in our systems being in the right place at the right time when the COVID-19 pandemic hit. This exposed a significant number of new physicians to the efficacy of our High Velocity Therapy technology, especially as they were able to see patients moved out of the emergency room and into lower acuity settings in the hospital after receiving our High Velocity Therapy. We expect that increased awareness among physicians of the efficacy of our High Velocity Therapy to treat respiratory distress will result in expanded use of our products to treat all forms of respiratory distress, including Type 1 and Type 2 respiratory distress, in a variety of settings.
Patients with both Type 1 and Type 2 respiratory distress can have severe difficulty breathing and inability to sustain sufficient oxygen levels or remove retained carbon dioxide in their lungs and airways. These patients often require immediate respiratory support ranging from supplemental oxygen therapy for mild cases to invasive mechanical ventilators for severe cases. Many of these patients are initially treated in the emergency department. Patients who cannot be adequately stabilized are often transferred to the intensive care unit, or ICU, a high cost and capacity-constrained setting in the hospital. An independent third-party study published in the August 2020 issue of the Journal of the American Medical Association Network determined that the average cost for a stay in the ICU in the United States was $21,547 per week. To the extent our products are able to reduce the number of patients requiring transfer to the ICU, these treatment costs can be reduced.
1
Our High Velocity Therapy technology is also useful in the treatment of patients with Type 4 respiratory failure, or shock. Early symptoms of shock include increased respiratory rate and increased work of breathing. High Velocity Therapy technology reduces the work of breathing by both increasing oxygen delivery and reducing oxygen consumption and can be applied at the first signs of increased work of breathing. This represents an expanded application for our High Velocity Therapy technology and unlike COVID-19, influenza, respiratory syncytial virus, is not sensitive to seasonality and has an approximate 2.7 million annual patient population in the United States.
The market for the treatment of respiratory distress is large and growing. Based on industry sources, we estimate that in the acute hospital setting, there are over 12 million patients who suffer from respiratory distress each year in the United States and select international markets that could benefit from our High Velocity Therapy technology. In connection with our initial public offering in 2018, we estimated our worldwide annual total addressable market for our High Velocity Therapy technology at $1.5 billion. In 2021, we updated our total addressable market opportunity to reflect growth in the number of patients suffering from respiratory distress, the introductions of our new HVT 2.0 platform and OAM, and expanded use of our products in the home, including digital solutions, and during EMS transport. As a result, we believe the annual total addressable global market for our High Velocity Therapy technology now exceeds $8.3 billion. We believe that growing prevalence of COPD and the increasing neonatal and pediatric disease severity will lead to an increase in the size of our total addressable market opportunity in the future.
Our High Velocity Therapy technology competes with non-invasive positive pressure ventilation, or NiPPV, the traditional standard of care for respiratory distress. NiPPV uses pressure to drive gas in and out of a patient’s lungs. It is typically administered through the fitting of an air-tight mask over the patient’s nose and mouth and tightening a strap around the patient’s head to secure the mask in place. NiPPV delivered through a mask is associated with increased patient discomfort and anxiety and can cause facial skin ulceration and trauma to the lungs. The mask complicates the care required to support a patient because they cannot talk, eat, drink or take oral medications while wearing the tight-fitting mask, and must time their breaths to be in sync with the bursts of air being forced into their lungs. NiPPV can also be delivered through a tight-fitting mask that only covers the nose or tight-fitting prongs that seal the external opening of each nostril. These alternatives, which usually require a chin strap to limit air leaks by keeping the patient’s mouth closed, can also cause skin ulceration around the nose and nostrils. Third-party clinical evidence published in the June 2000, January 2009 and February 2013 issues of Critical Care Medicine suggests that delivering NiPPV through a mask that covers both the nose and mouth is generally preferred from an effectiveness perspective over a mask that only covers the nose or nasal prongs, particularly in the acute setting.
NiPPV is typically an escalation therapy, which means that practitioners often start at low pressures and increase as tolerated until the patient stabilizes. Patients treated with NiPPV are often transferred to the ICU due to the high level of patient monitoring required. Clinical evidence published in the November 2007 issue of Respiratory Care shows that approximately 30% of patients are intolerant of NiPPV masks, which can cause them to become non-compliant with treatment. Patients who cannot tolerate NiPPV are often sedated and potentially intubated in preparation for mechanical ventilation. Intubation involves the insertion of a plastic tube into the trachea to maintain an open airway. Mechanical ventilation is a complex, invasive procedure that is associated with increased costs of care, lengths of stay, incidence of infections, ventilator dependence and mortality.
In contrast to NiPPV, our High Velocity Therapy technology delivers heated, humidified and oxygenated air at a high velocity to patients through a comfortable small-bore nasal interface to help reduce the work of breathing. Our Precision Flow systems, are clinically validated alternatives to NiPPV for spontaneously breathing patients, and we believe they also provide the following primary benefits for the patient, the clinician and the hospital:
A compelling body of clinical data supports the efficacy and benefits of High Velocity Therapy technology for respiratory distress. In 2018, the FDA, granted our de novo request for an expanded indication for the Precision Flow Hi-VNI system, which incorporates our High Velocity Therapy technology. The expanded indication was based on compelling clinical evidence and currently identifies this system as a high velocity nasal insufflation device that augments the breathing of spontaneously breathing patients suffering from respiratory distress in a hospital setting. The FDA also created a new classification, known as QAV, under which Vapotherm Precision Flow was the first product listed. We believe this expanded QAV indication, which encompasses actual ventilatory support in the indicated circumstances, clinically differentiates our
2
system from most common “high flow” systems, validates High Velocity Therapy as an attractive alternative to NiPPV for spontaneous breathing patients. The QAV designation for our next generation HVT 2.0 platform was FDA cleared in December 2022. Our goal is for our High Velocity Therapy products to become the standard of care for the treatment of respiratory distress in the hospital, in the home, and during EMS transport.
We sell our High Velocity Therapy systems to hospitals through a direct sales organization in the United States and in select international markets and through distributors in other select international markets. In late 2020, we launched our OAM in select international markets, which can be used with most versions of our Precision Flow system and OAM capability has been built into the HVT 2.0 for future use. The OAM helps clinicians maintain a patient’s SpO2 within a target SpO2 range over a greater period of time while requiring significantly fewer manual adjustments to the equipment. Maintenance of the prescribed oxygen saturation range may reduce the health risks associated with dosing too much, or too little, oxygen, particularly in neonates where these risks include visual or developmental impairment or death. Our OAM is sold through a direct sales organization in select international markets and through distributors in other select international markets. We are no longer seeking FDA approval to market the Precision Flow version of the OAM in the United States but will instead focus future efforts on the HVT 2.0 version of the OAM for the United States market. We are actively developing our home based device at our Technology Center in Singapore which uses our High Velocity Therapy technology. In addition, we employ field-based clinical managers who focus on medical education and training in the effective use of our products and help facilitate increased adoption and utilization. We focus on physicians, respiratory therapists and nurses who work in acute hospital settings, including the emergency departments and adult, pediatric and neonatal intensive care units. Our relationship with these clinicians is particularly important, as it enables our products to follow patients through the care continuum. As of December 31, 2023, we have sold our High Velocity Therapy systems to over 2,500 hospitals across the United States, and in over 50 countries outside of the United States. Although presently our revenues are derived principally from sales of High Velocity Therapy systems and sales of the single-use disposable vapor transfer cartridges these systems require, we also derive revenues from ancillary products and services related to our High Velocity Therapy systems.
In early 2022, there was a significant slowdown in demand for our products that was driven primarily by a decrease in patient acuity from COVID-19 infections as COVID-19 variants transitioned from a lower respiratory disease to an upper respiratory disease. Due to inherent uncertainty in predicting future revenues and certain variable costs, we announced in connection with the release of our first quarter 2022 financial results, our long-term “path to profitability” initiatives. As part of this strategy, we moved substantially all of our manufacturing operations from New Hampshire to Mexico. In the last half of 2022, we also established a Technology Center in Singapore to bring most research and development projects in-house, including development of our home based device, to help reduce the cost of external design firms, and access local government grant funding and took meaningful steps towards right sizing our commercial organization, including exiting our Vapotherm Access call center business and making reductions to our field teams in the United States and internationally. As a result of this strategy, our net cash used in operating activities decreased to $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, down from $80.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Concurrently, our revenues increased to $68.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $66.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This revenue increase was primarily a result of an 8.0% increase in disposables revenue and a 15.8% increase in capital equipment revenue from recovery in customer demand post-COVID and the launch of our next generation HVT 2.0 platform, partially offset by our exit from the Vapotherm Access call center business in October 2022 and the Omicron surge that drove significant demand in the first quarter of 2022 and did not repeat itself in the current year period. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we incurred a net loss of $58.2 million and $113.3 million, respectively.
Despite our near-term challenges, we believe our anticipated long-term growth will be driven by the following strengths:
3
Overview of High Velocity Therapy Technology
High Velocity Therapy technology delivers heated, humidified and oxygenated air at a high velocity through a small-bore nasal interface to treat patients of all ages suffering from respiratory distress. Our High Velocity Therapy systems, which use High Velocity Therapy technology, can treat nearly all patients in respiratory distress who would not otherwise require mechanical ventilation, regardless of whether they are in need of an oxygen-based therapy or NiPPV. There is a subset of patients who will require NiPPV that we might otherwise have been able to treat, but for their absence of a respiratory drive, need for Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP), or the inability to breathe on their own.
Patient groups that can be treated with High Velocity Therapy. These include patients suffering from a wide range of respiratory distress acuity levels, including most of those traditionally treated by NiPPV.
High Velocity Therapy is typically a de-escalation therapy, which means it is appropriate to start at higher flows of gas. Breathing while on High Velocity Therapy technology helps patients to breathe more comfortably. In comparison to NiPPV, we believe that our technology improves patient comfort and compliance due to the delivery of breathing gases through a small-bore nasal interface that does not completely cover the patient’s nose and mouth. While using our High Velocity Therapy products, patients can eat and drink, talk with their caregivers and loved ones, and in some cases where important to the patient’s rehabilitation, remain ambulatory. For parents with infants in the neonatal intensive care unit, or NICU, our products allow more direct skin-to-skin contact between parents and their babies which has been shown to improve
4
cardiorespiratory and temperature stability, sleep organization and duration of quiet sleep, neurodevelopmental outcomes, breastfeeding and modulation of pain responses in published clinical literature.
NiPPV
|
High Velocity Therapy
|
|
High Velocity Therapy Mechanism of Action
The key to High Velocity Therapy technology is the ability to deliver conditioned breathing gases to patients in respiratory distress at a sufficient velocity to flush out the anatomical dead space (the volume of gas contained in the nasal cavity and back of the throat) between breaths when the patient’s respiratory rate is elevated. As patients inhale this properly humidified, oxygen rich and carbon dioxide depleted medical gas, the work of breathing is reduced. Similar to the effect seen with water flowing from a garden hose, narrowing of the opening leads to dramatic increases in water velocity and turbulent kinetic energy exiting the hose or, in the case of High Velocity Therapy technology, gas exiting the cannula. The High Velocity Therapy systems’ high-velocity delivery of breathing gases through a small-bore adult cannula results in an approximately four-fold increase in velocity as compared to the same flow from the large-bore adult cannula of conventional heated humidified high flow oxygen devices. This increased velocity promotes turbulent flush of the airway, even for patients breathing very rapidly.
The high velocity breathing gases delivered by High Velocity Therapy systems both actively clear the air out of the anatomical dead space through the mouth and nose and also replace air containing carbon dioxide from the lungs with freshly oxygenated air.
Diagram depicting the ability of high velocity air to displace dead air in the nasal cavities and the back of the throat.
Increasing the flow rate of unhumidified air would typically present challenges to the upper airway structures which are responsible for both heating and humidifying the inhaled gas prior to reaching the lungs. The increased air flow has the potential to cause drying and damage to the mucosa, which in turn could lead to complications such as increased infection rates. Breathing gases provided by our High Velocity Therapy products are temperature controlled and humidified both for patient comfort as well as to protect the integrity of the airway. This is accomplished by a proprietary vapor transfer cartridge,
5
or VTC, containing water-vapor-permeable hollow fibers that provide a high surface area allowing air to become saturated with water vapor at body temperature. The result is a very fine, molecular water vapor that is energetically stable.
An important factor in providing temperature-controlled humidified gas to patients is ensuring that the intended temperature and humidity are maintained as the air travels from the device to the patient. Our High Velocity Therapy products accomplish this by using a proprietary multi-lumen water-jacketed delivery tube which maintains the gas at a constant temperature throughout the length of the delivery tube. This design, coupled with the very fine, molecular water vapor generated by our proprietary VTC, is designed to prevent water from condensing in the delivery tube and to reduce the risk of having liquid water introduced into the patient’s airway. Other conventional humidified high flow oxygen delivery device manufacturers create humidified breathing gases by heating a bulk volume of water to create steam, which is then transferred to patients through electrically heated concentric wires. This results in the breathing gases passing through areas of uneven heating, including areas of excess heat which could be dangerous to the patient as well as cooler areas where condensation, or rainout, occurs. Delivery of liquid water rainout into the nose of the patient is both uncomfortable and potentially harmful. The High Velocity Therapy systems’ triple-lumen delivery tube has been shown in a study we sponsored to provide excellent control of rainout of condensation as compared to the humidified breathing gas systems with the heated wire.
The oxygen content of the gas and its flow rate can be precisely regulated by the High Velocity Therapy systems using a simple, intuitive single-dial interface. Connections to air and oxygen are through standard wall connectors or via standard oxygen and air tanks typically available in hospitals. The High Velocity Therapy systems make use of industry-standard, user-replaceable oxygen sensors to measure oxygen concentrations. Our HVT 2.0 system has a permanent oxygen sensor.
Benefits of High Velocity Therapy
We believe our High Velocity Therapy technology addresses the key limitations of existing respiratory distress treatment options and provides the following principal benefits to hospitals, patients and providers:
6
We believe we can be equivalent to NiPPV as the standard of care for treating respiratory distress patients who require non-invasive ventilatory support and who are capable of spontaneously breathing. The table below highlights the key advantages of High Velocity Therapy technology over NiPPV.
Advantages of High Velocity Therapy over NiPPV
Patients |
|
Potential opportunity for reduced patient monitoring |
|
|
Mask-free |
|
|
Facilitates ability to eat, drink, talk, participate in care and take oral medications |
|
|
Enhanced patient comfort |
|
|
Facilitates skin-to-skin care (“kangaroo care” for infants) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clinicians |
|
Fewer adverse side effects |
|
|
Improved workflow |
|
|
Potential opportunity for reduced patient monitoring |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hospitals |
|
Potential to reduce ICU admission rate |
|
|
Improved workflow |
|
|
Lower capital investment |
Overview and Benefits of our Oxygen Assist Module (available Internationally)
Our Oxygen Assist Module is a module designed for use with most versions of our Precision Flow systems, and is designed to help clinicians maintain oxygen levels within a tight SpO2 range. The Oxygen Assist Module adjusts delivered FiO2 in response to SpO2 readings captured by a standard pulse oximetry probe. In late 2020, we launched our Precision Flow Oxygen Assist Module in select international markets and in the future we plan to seek FDA approval for the HVT 2.0 version of this technology in the United States.
We believe our Oxygen Assist Module has the potential to address the key limitations of utilizing manual control to maintain oxygen levels, particularly in neonates or infectious diseases such as COVID-19, within a tight SpO2 range, and provides the following principal benefits to hospitals, patients and providers:
The Oxygen Assist Module is not an SpO2 monitor and does not eliminate the need for separate and independent patient monitoring.
7
Our Product Portfolio
High Velocity Therapy Family
We currently offer four versions of our High Velocity Therapy systems: HVT 2.0, Precision Flow Hi-VNI, Precision Flow Plus, and Precision Flow Classic. Our High Velocity Therapy systems include a capital unit, a single-use disposable and a nasal interface. The capital unit contains all the electronic components and the input gas controls that enable the delivery of breathing gas at a precise level of oxygenation at flow rates, controlled by the operator, ranging from 1 to 45 liters per minute. All of our High Velocity Therapy systems are integrated systems that provide precise user control of temperature, air flow and percentage oxygen through a simple one-button interface. Setup time, including warm-up time, for all of our High Velocity Therapy systems is less than five minutes and alarms are incorporated into the system to alert the operator to disruption of respiratory support. All four versions are also mounted on a roll stand pole for easy transfer, use and visualization of the displayed settings. All four versions are easy to set up and require little support to operate beyond changing sterile inhalation water bags as needed. We are actively developing our home based device at our Technology Center in Singapore which uses our High Velocity Therapy technology.
The Precision Flow Hi-VNI system was fully launched in February 2019. When compared to the Precision Flow Plus, which was launched in April 2017, the Precision Flow Hi-VNI system includes incremental hardware and software updates to improve the reliability and ease of manufacture and to comply with the Electromagnetic Compatibility or EMC 4th Edition requirements for medical devices. The primary change was to limit the maximum temperature to 39 degrees Celsius. As with the Precision Flow Plus, the Precision Flow Hi-VNI system offers connectivity to a hospital’s nurse call system to alert the staff to disruption of the patient’s respiratory support and/or to most hospitals’ EMR systems to record the user selected and current delivered flow rate, temperature, percent oxygen, and the status of the supply gas connections and water supply as well as any fault codes.
We received 510k clearance of our next generation HVT 2.0 High Velocity Therapy system from the FDA in 2021, transitioned to full market release in August 2022, and received clearance for expanded respiratory distress indications in December 2022. The HVT 2.0 represents the next generation of High Velocity Therapy. The system retains the core competencies of the current Precision Flow platform and, with an internal blower, is designed to eliminate the need for compressed wall air. With a variable oxygen connection (tank, wall or concentrator) the HVT 2.0 system is designed to support patients wherever they need respiratory support in the hospital setting. A large intuitive display with touchscreen operation, on screen troubleshooting guidance, and a fully assembled disposable are intended to minimize clinician time spent on operating the equipment so they can focus on their patient.
The single-use, disposable component of our High Velocity Therapy systems has two parts: (1) the disposable patient circuit, or DPC, which includes all of the components that generate the temperature-controlled humidified breathing gas, including the VTC and (2) the multi-lumen delivery tube which ensures the heated, humidified gas is delivered from the DPC to the patient at constant temperature and humidification level. We also sell a series of small-bore nasal interfaces and adapters. The interfaces we offer come in a variety of sizes, ranging from premature infants to adults, allowing clinicians to select an interface that blocks less than half of the external opening of each nostril, thereby maximizing the technology’s ability to flush the anatomical dead space.
Companion Products and Enhancements
We sell companion products that facilitate clinical use and enable rapidly growing market acceptance and expansion. These products include (i) the Vapotherm Transfer Unit 2.0, which allows patients to be transferred between care areas within the hospital or ambulate while on therapy, (ii) the Q50 compressor, which provides a compact, relatively low noise, low cost source of compressed air necessary to run the Precision Flow systems in areas of the hospital without access to a wall gas source, (iii) the aerosol adaptor, which is designed to facilitate delivery of aerosolized solutions, (iv) an aerosol disposable patient circuit that is designed to streamline both continuous and intermittent delivery of aerosol solutions for patients on High Velocity Therapy, and (v) a tracheostomy adaptor that simplifies the connection of the High Velocity Therapy systems to a tracheostomy collar used to wean patients off mechanical ventilation. Specialized disposable products also enable the delivery of specialized nitric oxide. We also sell a new lightweight ProSoft cannula that is designed to provide gentle contact with the skin.
In addition, we have product enhancement projects ongoing at any point in time. These enhancements incorporate customer feedback with the goal of improving the patient and caregiver experience.
8
Clinical Results and Studies and Economic Data
We have a compelling body of clinical studies and economic data that supports the use of High Velocity Therapy technology for treating respiratory distress and providing non-invasive ventilatory support. Maintaining an ongoing cadence of clinical study and economic data publications is an important component of our strategy, including both Vapotherm-sponsored research and providing grants for investigator-initiated research.
High Velocity Therapy Compared to NiPPV
A significant body of clinical studies across multiple spontaneously-breathing patient populations has validated High Velocity Therapy technology as a safe and effective alternative to NiPPV, for spontaneously breathing patients. High Velocity Therapy is a specialized form of high flow oxygen therapy and uses a specialized small bore nasal cannula which creates higher velocity gas and supports ventilation. In the adult population, we sponsored a 204 patient (100 NiPPV patients and 104 High Velocity Therapy technology patients), multisite randomized controlled trial in the ED, which was published in the July 2018 issue of Annals of Emergency Medicine. Patients in respiratory distress were recruited with the need for non-invasive ventilatory support in the ED. The primary outcome measure was therapy failure requiring intubation, the insertion of a plastic tube into the trachea to maintain an open airway for mechanical ventilation, within 72 hours of initiation or a clinical decision to cross-over to the alternative therapy. This study concluded that high velocity nasal insufflation delivered with High Velocity Therapy technology is non-inferior to NiPPV in preventing patients from being intubated and receiving mechanical ventilation.
The following chart conveys the rates of failure resulting in intubation for those randomized to High Velocity Therapy technology and NiPPV. There was no statistically significant difference between the two.
Rate of intubation in a 204-patient, multicenter randomized clinical trial of ED patients with respiratory distress.
Rate of Intubation
*High Velocity Therapy does not provide the total ventilatory requirements of patients. For spontaneously breathing patients only.
The clinicians involved in the trial were asked for their perception of the various therapies. The clinicians reported a higher median score for High Velocity Therapy technology than NiPPV for patient comfort, ease of use, clinical response and need for monitoring. The clinicians reported the same median score for High Velocity Therapy technology and NiPPV for technical/clinical complexity. The authors also concluded that patients treated with High Velocity Therapy technology can more easily communicate, receive oral medications, and eat without interruption of therapy, which are limitations of NiPPV.
9
Median clinicians’ perception of High Velocity Therapy to NiPPV; scale of 1 to 5 where 5 represents the best score
In February 2018, the NEJM Journal Watch, which reviews and summarizes medical research studies across 12 specialties, concluded after reviewing our Company-sponsored ED study described above that High Velocity Therapy technology is easier to set up than NiPPV. Further, the NEJM Journal Watch noted that High Velocity Therapy technology has the potential to replace NiPPV in EDs, ICUs and ambulances.
A subgroup analysis of these data was published in Heart and Lung in April 2020 looking at the effectiveness of High Velocity Therapy technology specifically in the 65 patients among the 204 in this study that were diagnosed with significant hypercapnia. The ability of High Velocity Therapy technology to adequately provide ventilatory support is particularly important in this population. This subgroup analysis showed that 6% of the High Velocity Therapy technology patients and 16% of the NiPPV patients required intubation within the first 72 hours of care after admission, with comparable ability to reduce carbon dioxide levels over time. The subgroup analysis concluded that High Velocity Therapy technology provided ventilatory support similar to NiPPV in patients presenting with hypercapnic respiratory distress. Another sub-group analysis of these data was published in the American Journal of Emergency Medicine in April 2020 looking at the effectiveness of High Velocity Therapy technology specifically in the 42 patients from the primary ED study who presented with decompensated heart failure. This subgroup analysis demonstrated comparable results between High Velocity Therapy technology and NiPPV. The results from these subgroup analyses may be valued by ED physicians who need to make treatment decisions before knowing the patient diagnosis.
More recently, Plotnikow, et.al., published important data in Critical Care Explorations describing the management of acute hypercapnic respiratory failure. (This was independent work, not funded by Vapotherm.) This is the type of respiratory failure experienced by COPD and asthma patients in which there is a build-up of dangerous levels of carbon dioxide. Their stated objective was to “evaluate the effect of high-flow oxygen implementation on the respiratory rate as a first-line ventilation support in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease patients with acute hypercapnic respiratory failure.” This study evaluated 40 patients in 5 different intensive care units. They found statistically significant improvement in respiratory rate within 1-hour, and a significant reduction in blood carbon dioxide levels. The blood pH also improved from 7.32 to 7.36 (p<0.001) within this first hour. This led them to conclude “high-velocity nasal insufflation was an effective tool for reducing respiratory rate in these chronic obstructive pulmonary disease patients with acute hypercapnic respiratory failure.”
10
Significantly, the authors also evaluated the effect of High Velocity Therapy on clinical signs of increased work of breathing associated with ventilatory failure. Within the first hour of institution of High Velocity Therapy, breathing rates improved (29 v 21 Breaths/min, p<0.001), and the proportion of patients who showed clinical signs of respiratory distress improved by multiple measurement (accessory muscle use declined; 9% v 3%, p<0.001, thoracoabdominal asynchrony declined; 35% to 7%, p<0.001), and such changes persisted at 24 hours. These data further demonstrate the ability of High Velocity Therapy to meaningfully support ventilation in patients needing such support.
The largest study to date - including the most critically ill patients - demonstrated High Velocity Therapy performed similarly (statistically non-inferior) to NiPPV for relieving dyspnea and improving blood gas parameters in patients with moderate to severe exacerbations of COPD. While both therapies were effective, patients again reported statistically superior comfort on High Velocity Therapy. This study focused on patients with moderate to severe acute exacerbations of COPD in the Emergency Department and was completed in 2023. The data was presented at the Critical Care Congress of the Society for Critical Care Medicine in Jan 2024. The full manuscript has been submitted for publication. This study evaluated 68 patients who were critically ill with blood carbon dioxide levels over 60 mmHg and blood pH levels of 7.30-7.35. Patients were treated with either NiPPV or High Velocity Therapy and all other care as normal for the facility. As measured over the next 4 hours, patients treated with High Velocity Therapy experienced similar improvement in blood carbon dioxide levels, blood pH levels, respiration rate and heart rate. The major difference was that patients rated their improvement in total discomfort superior at time points after initiation. The authors conclude that high velocity therapy is a “reasonable alternative for clinicians” to NiPPV for these critically ill patients and may lead to reduced rates of intubation for patients unable to tolerate NIPPV.
High Velocity Therapy works by washing out the upper airways of carbon dioxide rich air and exchanging it with oxygen rich air in between each breath. This results in reduced work of breathing, meaning that the body does not have to dedicate as much energy simply to breathing. This has potential application for assisting in rehabilitation and recovery when exercise may push the limits of an individual’s metabolic capacity. Vapotherm sponsored a study with results expected to be published in 2024, evaluating the impact of recovering athletes after maximal capacity exercise using High Velocity Therapy compared to without. Recovering with High Velocity Therapy led to lower total blood lactate levels and faster normalization of respiratory rate. These data may inform clinicians about the value of reducing work of breathing in patients involved in rehabilitation. There may also be an application for elite athletic training.
Pediatric Data
High Velocity Therapy technology was observed in a third-party study published in the May 2013 issue of the Journal of Pediatrics to have similar efficacy when compared to nCPAP in a randomized controlled trial of premature infants who were receiving non-invasive ventilatory support after being removed from intubation, or extubation. nCPAP is the standard non-invasive therapy for management of respiratory distress in neonates in the NICU. nCPAP is administered using a tight-fitting nasal plugging cannula and delivers pressure to the lungs. It is efficacious, but it is also associated with trauma to the face of the baby, pressure and volume-related complications to the chest, and limitation of access to both parents and caregivers to maintain close contact with the newborns. High Velocity Therapy technology produced similar rates of extubation failure as the standard of care nCPAP, and significantly reduced nasal trauma.
Additionally, High Velocity Therapy technology was observed in a third-party study published in the May 2016 issue of JAMA Pediatrics to be non-inferior to NiPPV as a primary respiratory support therapy in a randomized controlled clinical trial of premature newborn infants with respiratory distress syndrome. In this trial, 316 infants were randomized to High Velocity Therapy technology or NiPPV. The primary outcome of the trial was the number of patients who required intubation and mechanical ventilation within 72 hours, and there was no significant difference seen between High Velocity Therapy technology and NiPPV. No significant differences in other measures such as the length of time on respiratory therapy, infection rates or other prematurity-associated complications such as bronchopulmonary dysplasia, a disease in newborns caused by destruction of lung tissue, were reported.
The results from an independent clinical trial of High Velocity Therapy technology versus NiPPV in 76 preterm infants published in the May 2015 issue of Pediatric Pulmonology similarly suggest that High Velocity Therapy technology is non-inferior to NiPPV. These trials support the use of High Velocity Therapy technology as an alternative to nCPAP and NiPPV for primary and post-extubation support of neonates in respiratory distress.
11
The SHINE study, published in the New England Journal of Medicine, compared High Velocity Therapy to standard care for preoxygenation of neonates undergoing endotracheal intubation. Here, 50% of first-attempt intubations were successful with high velocity therapy compared to 31.5% with standard care. Desaturation in high velocity therapy treated neonates occurred at a lower percentage with a longer mean time to desaturation (44.3 and 35.5 s, respectively). These results suggest High Velocity Therapy improves intubation success with lowered risk of adverse events and these data suggest that neonates, infants, and children likely benefit from preoxygenation with High Velocity Therapy before intubation.
In addition to the value seen in the neonatal ICU, High Velocity Therapy was evaluated in a study by Hector Rojas-Anaya and colleagues where they presented data at the annual meeting of the European Respiratory Society in 2023 studying children with acute asthma exacerbations. The children treated using High Velocity Therapy were clinically ready for discharge faster than those treated with standard oxygen therapy.
Oxygen Assist Module Prototype Study
Our Oxygen Assist Module (OAM) helps clinicians maintain oxygen levels within a target range by simplifying and automating adjustments to most versions of our High Velocity Therapy systems’ delivery of oxygenated breathing gases. It is critical that the oxygen level for neonates be tightly controlled because too little oxygen can cause multi-organ failure and too much oxygen can damage their lungs and retinas, leading to permanent injury. The adjustments made by the OAM are based on the module’s continuous readings of a patient’s oxygen from a standard pulse oximetry probe. In November 2018, the Archives of Disease in Childhood: Fetal & Neonatal edition published the results of our sponsored prospective, two-center, order-randomized cross-over study performed at two NICUs in the United Kingdom, designed to evaluate the performance of a prototype of our Oxygen Assist Module technology as a module to our Precision Flow Plus system. The Oxygen Assist Module is referred to in the study as the IntellO2.
The target SpO2 range set in this study was 90-95% in preterm babies being supported by High Velocity Therapy technology. Babies were randomized to receive 24 hours of either manual control or automatic control using the Oxygen Assist Module. After the first 24 hours, the babies were crossed over to the alternative therapy for another 24 hours. The primary outcome measure was percent of time spent within the target SpO2 range. Secondary outcomes included the overall proportion and durations of SpO2 within specified hyperoxemic and hypoxemic ranges, and the characteristics of the times within and outside SpO2 target range. Data were analyzed from 30 preterm infants with median gestation at birth of 26 (24–27) weeks, age during the study of 29 (18–53) days and study weight 1080 (959–1443) g.
When using the Oxygen Assist Module, babies were kept within the target oxygenation levels significantly greater proportion of the time than during manual control alone and required significantly fewer manual adjustments to the equipment. The median target SpO2 range was achieved 80% of the time on automated (Oxygen Assist Module) control compared with 49% under manual control. In addition to the greater proportion of time in the target range, there were also fewer episodes of transient severe hypoxemia (defined as SpO2 below 80% lasting at least 60 seconds) under automated control compared with manual control.
12
The chart below depicts a composite SpO2 histogram of all patient data (n=30) with paired bars as automated control (white) and manual control (black). The frequency of SpO2 values denotes the proportion of total time (%) spent at each SpO2, with aggregated SpO2 values <80%. The target SpO2 range for babies receiving oxygen (90%–95%) is illustrated in the blue outlines. The chart is based on graphic found in the aforementioned publication.
This data was validated and expanded in 2023 in a similar study by Nair and colleagues also in the Archives of Disease in Childhood: Fetal & Neonatal edition, where they showed similar benefit of the OAM for premature neonates when the device was used throughout their time in the NICU. The first pilot study of the OAM in the USA was concluded in October 2023 with no adverse events, and results will be published in 2024 (summary available on clinicaltrials.gov).
Economic Cost Savings Data
An independent third-party study published in the August 2020 issue of the Journal of the American Medical Association Network estimated that the average cost for time in the ICU in the United States was $21,547 per week. To the extent our products are able to reduce the number of patients requiring transfer to the ICU, these treatment costs can be reduced. Treatment of patients with High Velocity Therapy technology can impact admission and placement of patients in two ways. First, High Velocity Therapy is initiated quickly, and at maximal settings allowing for early intervention and treatment. By contrast, patients treated with NiPPV often have to be started on low settings to acclimate, and then have pressures raised until a therapeutic level is found. The patient’s disease process can progress during this time. Second, High Velocity Therapy is less complex and therefore less staff resource intensive, which may allow for patients to be safely treated in a wider range of care areas. In a multicenter utilization study we sponsored, published in the Winter 2015 issue of Respiratory Therapy, of the 128 patients with respiratory distress treated in emergency rooms with High Velocity Therapy technology, treating physicians perceived that 54% of patients could be admitted to the general care floor, as opposed to the ICU which is typically more capacity constrained and costly than general care wards.
There is cost benefit to avoiding mechanical ventilation even when the patient still requires care in the ICU. A study from 2019 showed that in industrialized countries, mechanical ventilation increased ICU cost by an average of 26% (range 5-52%). In the Doshi, et. el., study of ED patients with respiratory distress, fewer patients treated with High Velocity Therapy required intubation and mechanical ventilation compared to those treated with NiPPV (difference not statistically significant). Studies have shown that reducing the duration of mechanical ventilation days is an important element in reducing the potential for ventilator-associated consequences, including pneumonia, a life-threatening complication associated with mechanical ventilation. One role LTACHs play is to help wean patients from their dependence on mechanical ventilation. Gaylord Hospital, a LTACH, presented at the 2017 National Association of Long Term Hospital conference that their adoption of High Velocity Therapy technology helped them achieve an average reduction of four days of mechanical ventilation per patient, yielding an annual average cost savings for that facility of $394,000 between 2012 and 2015.
The portability of our HVT 2.0 platform may provide a hospital with additional cost reduction opportunities. It is well documented that ambulation plays an important role in liberation from mechanical ventilation, and ambulation is a key goal for rehabilitation of almost all patients. In 2015 Bognar and colleagues published a financial model of early mobility programs and annual cost-of-care savings for a hospital with 1,000 yearly ICU admissions, with an early mobility program is approximately $927,000 due to a reduction of ICU days and length of stay. They also note that hospital readmissions rates are reduced through an early mobility program, which creates an additional $93,000 savings a year. The newer design features of
13
our HVT 2.0 platform and the data described in this report highlighting the role of High Velocity Therapy in improving recovery after exercise may further contribute to decreased mechanical ventilation and ICU time for a variety of patients.
Sales and Marketing
As of December 31, 2023, our sales organization consisted of 46 full time employees serving our U.S. market across 30 sales territories and 26 full time employees serving international markets, 13 of whom serve our direct international markets. In 2023, 74.3% of our revenue was derived in the United States and 25.7% was derived outside the United States. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue.
Commercial Activities Within the United States
We work to grow the sales of our disposable products by increasing the utilization and installed base of our High Velocity Therapy systems. We utilize a direct sales organization in the United States that leverages numerous call points within the hospital, including physicians, respiratory therapists and nurses. Our sales team is focused on building relationships with clinicians across care settings, including EDs and adult, pediatric and neonatal ICUs, enabling our products to follow patients through the care continuum. We offer different options to our hospital customers for acquiring capital units, including direct purchase with payment in full at the time of purchase, rentals, and placements for use by the customer at no upfront charge in connection with the customer’s ongoing purchase of disposable products.
We have structured our sales and clinical team with specialized roles to sell our High Velocity Therapy systems and single-use disposables, while delivering customer support and medical education on an ongoing basis. Our field representatives are responsible for identifying key customer prospects, educating them on the value of our High Velocity Therapy technology, gaining their commitment for acquiring and utilizing our capital units.
Our clinical managers enhance the experience for customers and help facilitate adoption and utilization. We established a medical education department that develops and delivers physician-to-physician, Company-sponsored education events, and sponsors continuing medical education programs focused on addressing respiratory distress.
Our customer service and technical support team is responsible for addressing maintenance, repairs and general product and technical questions to help ensure uninterrupted patient treatments. We also use an inbound digital marketing campaign to drive leads and accelerate sales. We leverage the internet, social media, and email channels to increase brand awareness and educate customers. For example, we use our online Vapotherm Academy to train caregivers on High Velocity Therapy technology, which proved critical during the COVID-19 pandemic when we were not able to directly access many hospitals in the United States, United Kingdom, and around the world. Data and analytics drive our decision making and help us hone our messaging and strategies. Educated and interested potential customers convert to sales prospects on our website and all leads integrate with our CRM system.
Commercial Activities Outside of the United States
We conduct our international business in select international markets through direct sales organizations. We conduct our remaining international business through a distributor model, presently partnering with 39 distributors in 45 countries around the world as of December 31, 2023. We focus our efforts on our most established markets and ones we believe have the most potential to grow. We have directly employed or retained through professional employment organizations 7 individuals to support our direct sales markets and distributors in several of our key markets. As in the United States, our direct sales teams in the United Kingdom, Germany, Belgium and Spain, and our distributors around the world work to grow the sales of our disposable products by increasing the utilization and installed base of our High Velocity Therapy Systems. Our international sales and marketing efforts also encompass marketing of our Oxygen Assist Module in select countries. Our direct sales teams and our distributors work to offer different options to our hospital customers for acquiring capital units, including direct purchase with payment in full at the time of purchase, rentals, and placements for use by the customer at no upfront charge in connection with the customer’s ongoing purchase of disposable products. We offer the Oxygen Assist Module in select international markets on both sales and time-based subscription models. We leverage our digital marketing platform abroad to educate our international clinicians, focusing primarily in the United Kingdom. We continue to evaluate market opportunities outside of the United States for business expansion.
14
Reimbursement
Payment for patient care in the United States is generally made by third-party payors, including private insurers and government healthcare programs. The reimbursement from third-party payors for patients that require High Velocity Therapy technology is typically intended to cover the overall cost of treatment, including the cost of our devices used during the procedure as well as the overhead cost associated with the facility where the procedure is performed. We do not directly bill any third-party payors and receive payment from the hospital or providers for our devices or services.
Reimbursement for hospital services, including the cost of our devices, during an inpatient stay generally is made by the payor directly to the healthcare provider under a prospective payment system that is determined by a classification system known as Diagnosis Related Groups, or DRGs. A DRG is a statistical system of classifying any inpatient stay into groups for the purposes of payment using a number of factors including, among other things, the principal diagnosis, major procedures, discharge status, patient age and complicating secondary diagnoses. DRGs are used in both acute and chronic care settings and employed by both private insurers and government payors. Rather than paying the hospital or provider for what it spent caring for a patient, payors pay a fixed amount based on the patient’s DRG. Similar reimbursement methodologies that bundle the cost of our devices into a provider’s payment also exist for services provided to patients in the ED and out-patient settings.
Research and Development
Maintaining a strong cadence of new product introductions is an integral part of our strategy. In late 2020, we launched our Precision Flow Oxygen Assist Module in select international markets and in the future we plan to seek FDA approval for the HVT 2.0 version of this technology in the United States. We previously entered into an agreement with a third party for a perpetual, exclusive, world-wide license to certain intellectual property related to the Oxygen Assist Module for the delivery of non-invasive ventilatory support. Pursuant to the agreement, we began paying a royalty starting on the date of the first commercial sale of the Oxygen Assist Module, and will continue to pay royalties for a ten year term. We also license the pulse oximetry technology utilized with the Oxygen Assist Module from other manufacturers. During 2022, we established a Technology Center in Singapore to bring most of our research and development projects in-house, including development of our home based device, to help reduce the cost of external design firms and access Singaporean government grant funding.
Competition
The medical device industry is subject to rapid change from the introduction of new products and technologies and other activities of industry participants. We compete as a clinically validated alternative to NiPPV for treatment of patients who are suffering from respiratory distress.
As our products are capable of treating respiratory distress, including those suffering from low oxygen levels, as well as those who have historically required NiPPV because they were unable to flush retained carbon dioxide from their respiratory system, we consider our primary competition to be NiPPV manufacturers, including Philips Respironics. We also compete on a secondary basis with manufacturers of conventional heated humidified high flow oxygen delivery products, such as Fisher & Paykel Healthcare.
We believe that the primary competitive factors in the respiratory distress market are:
15
Other companies that offer treatments for respiratory distress against which we compete are larger businesses that have greater resources than we do. NiPPV is an established proven therapy and is currently better known to physicians, nurses and respiratory therapists, and it is currently considered the standard of care for treating patients with respiratory distress. However, we believe clinician awareness of High Velocity Therapy technology is increasing, particularly as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Intellectual Property Portfolio
As of December 31, 2023, we held more than 136 issued patents and more than 43 patent applications, totaling an active patent portfolio of over 179 filings granted or pending, with expiration dates ranging from February 2021 through May 2042. These filings can be organized into four main categories representing our patent portfolio: Precision Flow, next generation system filings, Flow Rest, and various accessory technologies. In the United States, we hold 14 issued patents for the Precision Flow family, 11 for the Flow Rest family (a legacy device), 19 for the accessories (including the Oxygen Assist Module), and eight for our next generation technology. The Precision Flow patents are expected to expire between April 2023 and October 2041, the Flow Rest patents are expected to expire between November 2026 and December 2038, and the accessories patents are expected to expire between December 2031 and January 2042, with the next generation patents expected to expire between November 2033 and May 2040. Additionally, we have five pending U.S. patent applications directed to our next generation technologies, two pending U.S. patent applications directed to our Precision Flow systems technology, one pending U.S. patent application directed to our Flow Rest technology and 12 pending U.S. patent applications directed to accessories for the aforementioned technologies (including the Oxygen Assist Module). In addition, we have filed a provisional patent in the United States for our home based device and expect to file a non-provisional patent and international patent in the near future. We maintain a strategic international patent portfolio primarily in the European Union, Australia, Japan and China, with other counties pursued in select circumstances. Since 2016, we have maintained and executed on deliberate innovation areas designed to sustain the continued growth of our patent portfolio to protect our proprietary technology from competitor use.
As of December 31, 2023, we have at least 16 trademark registrations with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, at least 3 trademarks applications pending with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, at least 13 trademarks with common law rights, and a wide range of international protection of its trademarks with a focus of increasing brand awareness and market penetration globally.
Manufacturing and Supply
We manage all aspects of product supply through our operations teams based in Tijuana, Mexico and Exeter, New Hampshire. In the second half of 2022, we relocated substantially all of our manufacturing operations from our previously leased manufacturing facility in New Hampshire to a leased manufacturing facility in Tijuana, Mexico pursuant to our Manufacturing Service Agreement with TACNA Services, Inc. (“TACNA”), under which TACNA has provided a shared Mexican corporation through which the assembly and manufacture of our products take place in Mexico. This relocation was made in connection with our “path to profitability” plan to reduce the cost of labor and overhead incurred with the production of our products. We manufacture certain components of our High Velocity Therapy systems in-house, but primarily rely on third-party suppliers to source the majority of our High Velocity Therapy systems components. We outsource the assembly of a significant portion of our disposables products to a sole third-party contract manufacturer at its facility in Tijuana, Mexico and outsource all of the manufacturing of our Oxygen Assist Module to a sole manufacturer located in the United States. Outsourcing manufacturing of both components or finished goods, as applicable, reduces our need for capital investment and provides expertise and the capacity necessary to meet demand for our High Velocity Therapy systems and Oxygen Assist Module. We assess, qualify and select our suppliers with a view towards ensuring that our High Velocity Therapy systems and Oxygen Assist Module, and their components are safe and effective, adhere to all applicable regulations, are of the highest quality, and meet our supply needs. Our quality assurance process monitors and maintains supplier performance through qualification and periodic supplier reviews and audits against the requirements of the FDA, the International Organization for Standardization and our own policies and procedures.
Certain components used in our High Velocity Therapy systems, and in the case of our Oxygen Assist Module, the finished good itself, are supplied by single source suppliers. Our suppliers manufacture the components they produce for us and test our components and devices to our specifications. We intend to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to enable us to continue our operations while we obtain another supplier if one or more of our single source suppliers were to encounter a delay in supply or end supply.
16
Government Regulation
Our products and our operations are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other federal and state authorities in the United States, as well as comparable authorities in the EEA (which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Liechtenstein and Iceland) and other countries in which we conduct business. Our products are subject to regulation in the United States as medical devices under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, as implemented and enforced by the FDA. The FDA regulates the development, design, non-clinical and clinical research, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, installation, servicing, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, import, export, adverse event reporting, advertising, promotion, marketing and distribution, and import and export of medical devices to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses and otherwise meet the requirements of the FDCA.
In addition to U.S. regulations, we are subject to a variety of regulations in the EEA governing clinical trials and the commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we have or are required to obtain FDA clearance or approval for a product, we will be required to obtain authorization before commencing clinical trials and to obtain marketing authorization or approval of our products under the comparable regulatory authorities of countries outside of the United States before we can commence clinical trials or commercialize our products in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval.
FDA Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements
Unless an exemption applies, each medical device commercially distributed in the United States requires FDA clearance of a 510(k) premarket notification, granting of a de novo request, or approval of an application for premarket approval, or PMA. Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of regulatory controls needed to ensure its safety and effectiveness. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s General Controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and truthful and non-misleading labeling. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s General Controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. These special controls can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidance documents. While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance.
The 510(k) Process
Under the 510(k) process, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA a premarket notification demonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent” to either a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976, the date upon which the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 were enacted, and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or Class I, or another commercially available device that was cleared through the 510(k) process. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence.
After a 510(k) premarket notification is submitted, the FDA determines whether to accept it for substantive review. If it lacks necessary information for substantive review, the FDA will refuse to accept the 510(k) notification. If it is accepted for filing, the FDA begins a substantive review. By statute, the FDA is required to complete its review of a 510(k) notification within 90 days of receiving the 510(k) notification. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer, and clearance is never assured. Although many 510(k) premarket notifications are cleared without clinical data, the FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may significantly prolong the review process.
If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device currently on the market, it will grant 510(k) clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to a previously cleared device, the device is automatically designated under the FDCA as a Class III device. The
17
device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements, or can request a risk-based classification determination for the device in accordance with the de novo process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device.
After a device receives 510(k) marketing clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) marketing clearance or, depending on the modification, a de novo grant or PMA approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k) (or a PMA) in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision and disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. Many minor modifications today are accomplished by a manufacturer documenting the change in an internal letter-to-file. The FDA can review these letters to file during an inspection. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until 510(k) clearance, de novo grant or PMA approval is obtained. In these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.
De Novo Classification
Medical device types that the FDA has not previously classified as Class I, II or III are automatically classified under the FDCA into Class III regardless of the level of risk they pose. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a route to market for low to moderate risk medical devices that are automatically placed into Class III due to the absence of a predicate device, called the “Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or the de novo classification procedure. This procedure allows a manufacturer whose novel device is automatically classified into Class III to request down-classification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA application. Prior to the enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act of 2012, or FDASIA, a medical device could be eligible for de novo classification only if the manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) premarket notification and received a determination from the FDA that the device was not substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate device. FDASIA streamlined the de novo classification pathway by permitting manufacturers to request de novo classification directly without first submitting a 510(k) premarket notification to the FDA and receiving a not substantially equivalent determination. Under FDASIA, the FDA is required to classify the device within 120 days following receipt of the de novo application. If the manufacturer seeks reclassification into Class II, the manufacturer must include a draft proposal for special controls that are necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the medical device. In addition, the FDA may reject the request if it identifies a legally marketed predicate device that would be appropriate for a 510(k) notification, determines that the device is not low to moderate risk, or that general controls would be inadequate to control the risks and special controls cannot be developed. After a device receives de novo classification, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or efficacy, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, another de novo petition or even PMA approval.
Clinical Trials
Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA and are sometimes required to support a 510(k) submission. All clinical investigations of investigational devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s IDE regulations which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the investigational device, and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. If the device presents a “significant risk” to human health, as defined by the FDA, the FDA requires the device sponsor to submit an IDE application to the FDA, which must become effective prior to commencing human clinical trials. A significant risk device is one that presents a potential for serious risk to the health, safety or welfare of a patient and either is implanted, used in supporting or sustaining human life, substantially important in diagnosing, curing, mitigating or treating disease or otherwise preventing impairment of human health, or otherwise presents a potential for serious risk to a subject. An IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless the FDA notifies the company that the investigation may not begin. If the FDA determines that there are deficiencies or other concerns with an IDE for which it requires modification, the FDA may permit a clinical trial to proceed under a conditional approval.
In addition, the study must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of, an Institutional Review Board, or IRB. The IRB is responsible for the initial and continuing review of the study and may pose additional requirements for the conduct of the study. If an IDE application is allowed to go into effect by the FDA and the study approved by the reviewing IRB(s), human clinical trials may begin at a specific number of investigational sites with a specific number of subjects as set forth in the study protocol. If the device presents a non-significant risk to the patient, a sponsor may begin the clinical trial after
18
obtaining approval for the trial by one or more IRBs without separate review from the FDA, but must still follow abbreviated IDE requirements, such as monitoring the investigation, ensuring that the investigators obtain informed consent, and labeling and record-keeping requirements. Acceptance of an IDE application for review does not guarantee that the FDA will allow the IDE to become effective and, if it does become effective, the FDA may or may not determine that the data derived from the trials support the safety and effectiveness of the device or warrant the continuation of clinical trials. An IDE supplement must be submitted to, and allowed to go into effect by, the FDA before a sponsor or investigator may make a change to the investigational plan that may affect its scientific soundness, study plan or the rights, safety or welfare of human subjects.
During a study, the sponsor is required to comply with the applicable FDA requirements, including, for example, trial monitoring, selecting clinical investigators and providing them with the investigational plan, ensuring IRB review, adverse event reporting, record keeping and prohibitions on the promotion of investigational devices or on making safety or effectiveness claims for them. The clinical investigators in the clinical study are also subject to FDA regulations and must obtain patient informed consent, follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of the investigational device, and comply with all reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Additionally, after a trial begins, we, the FDA or the IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits.
Post-market Regulation
After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and extensive regulatory requirements may continue to apply. These include but are not limited to:
19
The FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. If the FDA determines that we failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions:
Regulation of Medical Devices in the EEA
There is currently no premarket government review of medical devices in the EEA. However, all medical devices placed on the market in the EEA must meet the relevant essential requirements laid down in Annex I of Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices, or the Medical Devices Directive. The most fundamental essential requirement is that a medical device must be designed and manufactured in such a way that it will not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and health of users and others. In addition, the device must achieve the performances intended by the manufacturer and be designed, manufactured and packaged in a suitable manner. The European Commission has adopted various standards applicable to medical devices. These include standards governing common requirements, such as sterilization and safety of medical electrical equipment, and product standards for certain types of medical devices. There are also harmonized standards relating to design and manufacture. While not mandatory, compliance with these standards is viewed as the easiest way to satisfy the essential requirements as a practical matter. Compliance with a standard developed to implement an essential requirement also creates a rebuttable presumption that the device satisfies that essential requirement.
20
To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements laid down in Annex I to the Medical Devices Directive, medical device manufacturers must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Conformity assessment procedures require an assessment of available clinical evidence, literature data for the product and post-market experience in respect of similar products already marketed. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I non-sterile, non-measuring devices), where the manufacturer can self-declare the conformity of its products with the essential requirements (except for any parts which relate to sterility or metrology), a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a Notified Body. Notified bodies are often separate entities and are authorized or licensed to perform such assessments by government authorities. The notified body would typically audit and examine a product’s technical dossiers and the manufacturers’ quality system. If satisfied that the relevant product conforms to the relevant essential requirements, the notified body issues a certificate of conformity, which the manufacturer uses as a basis for its own declaration of conformity. The manufacturer may then apply the CE Mark to the device, which allows the device to be placed on the market throughout the EEA. Once the product has been placed on the market in the EEA, the manufacturer must comply with requirements for reporting incidents and field safety corrective actions associated with the medical device.
In order to demonstrate safety and efficacy for their medical devices, manufacturers must conduct clinical investigations in accordance with the requirements of Annex X to the Medical Devices Directive, and applicable European and International Organization for Standardization standards, as implemented or adopted in the EEA member states. Clinical trials for medical devices usually require the approval of an ethics review board and approval by or notification to the national regulatory authorities. Both regulators and ethics committees also require the submission of serious adverse event reports during a study and may request a copy of the final study report.
On April 5, 2017, the European Parliament passed the Medical Devices Regulation (Regulation 2017/745), which repeals and replaces the EU Medical Devices Directive. Unlike directives, which must be implemented into the national laws of the EEA member States, the regulations would be directly applicable, i.e., without the need for adoption of EEA member State laws implementing them, in all EEA member States and are intended to eliminate current differences in the regulation of medical devices among EEA member States. The Medical Devices Regulation, among other things, is intended to establish a uniform, transparent, predictable and sustainable regulatory framework across the EEA for medical devices and ensure a high level of safety and health while supporting innovation.
The Medical Devices Regulation took effect on May 26, 2021. The new regulations among other things:
We are subject to regulations and product registration requirements in many foreign countries in which we may sell our products, including in the areas of:
21
The time required to obtain clearance required by foreign countries may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance, and requirements for licensing a product in a foreign country may differ significantly from FDA requirements.
Pricing, Contracting and Reimbursement
We believe our products are priced consistent with their value. In order to obtain or maintain business in the competitive respiratory therapy market, however, we have historically had to offer various discounts directly to purchasers or indirectly to purchasers through group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) or integrated delivery networks (“IDNs”), in accordance with applicable law. We have recently expanded the use of product discount offerings related to placed capital arrangements for our High Velocity Therapy systems. Such bundled discount offerings involve the placement of capital equipment for use by the customer at no upfront charge in connection with the customer’s ongoing purchase of disposable products. In addition, consistent with an increasing emphasis in the medical device and broader healthcare industry on payment based on value (so-called value-based pricing), we may enter into contracts with customers that guarantee performance of our High Velocity Therapy systems by refunding costs of disposables (or providing replacement disposables) used on patients if treatment does not achieve specific patient outcomes. In response to pressure from competition or customers, we may have to offer enhanced discounts or enter into additional value-based contracting arrangements, which may adversely affect our revenue.
Health insurance coverage and adequate reimbursement of our products (or services provided using our products) is critical to the success of our business. Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products (or services provided using our products) will be covered and adequately reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government-sponsored health programs and private health plans.
Our products are used in providing services and are often reimbursed by third-party payors as part of a global payment that covers all costs associated with providing that service. Healthcare providers that use our products may therefore be responsible for costs incurred in providing the service that exceed reimbursement. If our products are priced higher than competitor products, including products used to provide alternative treatments, and we are unable to demonstrate that our products are nonetheless cost-effective, we may encounter obstacles in obtaining or maintaining business.
Third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for clinical products and services. Within the United States and abroad, the containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal and state governments. Limits on reimbursement available from governmental or private third-party payors may reduce the demand for, or negatively affect the price of those products, and could significantly harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Federal, State and Foreign Fraud and Abuse and Physician Payment Transparency Laws
In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing and promotion of drugs and devices, other federal and state laws restrict our business practices. These laws include, without limitation, U.S. and foreign laws intended to prohibit or otherwise regulate activities that might result in fraud and abuse.
U.S. federal healthcare fraud and abuse laws generally apply to our activities because our products are covered under federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid or, in some instances, private insurance. The principal U.S. federal healthcare fraud and abuse laws applicable to us and our activities include: (1) the Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits the
22
knowing and willful offer, solicitation, payment or receipt of anything of value for patient referrals or the generation of business reimbursable by a federal health care program; (2) the False Claims Act, which prohibits the submission of false or otherwise improper claims for payment to a federally-funded healthcare program, including claims resulting from a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute; and (3) healthcare fraud statutes that prohibit false statements and improper claims to any third-party payor. There are also similar state anti-kickback and false claims laws that apply to activities involving state-funded Medicaid and other healthcare programs as well as private third-party payors.
The Anti-Kickback Statute is particularly relevant because of its broad applicability. Specifically, the Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving, or providing anything of value, directly or indirectly, in exchange for, or to induce, either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, arranging for or recommending a good or service for which payment may be made in whole or part under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Courts have interpreted the law to provide that a financial arrangement may violate this law if any one of the purposes of an arrangement is to encourage patient referrals or other federal healthcare program business, regardless of whether there are other legitimate purposes for the arrangement. Statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protect certain interactions if specific requirements are met. Failure to satisfy an exception or safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the Anti-Kickback Statute is violated; rather, the government will consider relevant facts and circumstances to determine whether the requisite intent for a violation is present and whether there is a low risk of fraud, waste, or abuse. Many interactions in which we commonly engage, such as the provision of business meals to healthcare practitioners, could implicate the Anti-Kickback Statute and are not protected by an exception or safe harbor. If the government determines that these activities are abusive, we could be subject to enforcement action. Penalties for Anti-Kickback Statute violations may include both criminal penalties such as imprisonment and civil sanctions such as fines and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal health care programs. Exclusion would mean that our products were no longer eligible for reimbursement under federal healthcare programs.
Laws and regulations have also been enacted by the federal government and various states to regulate the sales and marketing practices of medical device and pharmaceutical manufacturers. The laws and regulations generally limit and monitor financial interactions between manufacturers and healthcare providers; require pharmaceutical and medical device companies to comply with voluntary compliance standards issued by industry associations and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. federal government; and/or require disclosure to the government and/or public of financial interactions (so-called “sunshine laws”).
The healthcare laws and regulations applicable to us, including those described above, contain ambiguous requirements and are subject to evolving interpretations and enforcement discretion. Manufacturers must adopt reasonable interpretations of requirements if there is ambiguity and those interpretations could be challenged. If a governmental authority were to conclude that we are not in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, we and our officers and employees could be subject to severe criminal and civil financial penalties, including, for example, exclusion from participation as a supplier of product to beneficiaries covered by government payors. Any failure to comply with laws and regulations relating to reimbursement and healthcare goods and services could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and cash flows.
To help ensure compliance with healthcare laws and regulations applicable to us, we have implemented a comprehensive compliance program based on the HHS Office of Inspector General’s Seven Fundamental Elements of an Effective Compliance Program. We adhere to, and the compliance program incorporates, standards consistent with voluntary compliance code standards adopted by the medical device industry to promote compliance with the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Despite our compliance program, we cannot be certain that we have always operated in full compliance with all applicable healthcare laws.
Many foreign countries have similar laws relating to healthcare fraud and abuse. Foreign laws and regulations may vary greatly from country to country. For example, the advertising and promotion of our products is subject to EU Directives concerning misleading and comparative advertising and unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. These laws may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals.
Data Privacy and Security Laws
We are, or in the future may, become subject to various U.S. federal and state as well as foreign laws that protect the confidentiality of certain patient health information, including patient medical records, and restrict the use and disclosure of patient health information by healthcare providers.
23
Within the United States, our operations may be affected by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, collectively, HIPAA, which impose obligations on certain “covered entities” (healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses) and certain of their “business associate” contractors with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information (referred to as “Protected Health Information” or “PHI”). We are a business associate of HIPAA covered entities under some of our lines of business. In our business associate relationships, we must comply with applicable HIPAA requirements and the contractual terms of our business associate agreements with HIPAA covered entities. In addition, HIPAA may affect our interactions with customers who are covered entities or their business associates because HIPAA affects the ability of these entities to disclose PHI to us. Various states also have laws that regulate the privacy and security of personal information and so may affect our business operations. Most notably, in 2018, California passed into law the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which took effect on January 1, 2020 and imposed many requirements on businesses that process the personal information of California residents. Many of the CCPA’s requirements are similar to those found in the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (2016/679), or GDPR, including requiring businesses to provide notice to data subjects regarding the information collected about them and how such information is used and shared, and providing data subjects the right to request access to such personal information and, in certain cases, request the erasure of such personal information. The CCPA also affords California residents the right to opt-out of “sales” of their personal information. The CCPA contains significant penalties for companies that violate its requirements. It also provides California residents a private right of action, including the ability to seek statutory damages, in the event of a data breach involving their data. In addition to California, many states have laws that impose fines on entities that experience a data breach involving certain types of personal data or that permit consumers to bring private actions against parties that experience a breach involving their data.
European Data Privacy and Data Security
In the European Union, we may be subject to laws relating to our collection, control, processing and other use of personal data (i.e., data relating to an identified or identifiable individual) because we process personal data of our employees, customers, vendors and other third parties based in the European Union in relation to the operation of our business.
In the European Union, the data privacy regime applicable to us includes the GDPR and the E-Privacy Directive 2002/58/EC (“EPD”). We depend on a number of third parties to provide our services, a number of which process personal data on our behalf and are therefore considered our processors under the GDPR. With each such provider we enter into contractual arrangements to ensure that they only process personal data according to our instructions, and that they have sufficient technical and organizational measures in place to safeguard the data. Where we transfer personal data outside the EEA, we do so in compliance with the relevant data export requirements. We take our data protection obligations seriously as any improper disclosure, particularly with regard to our customers’ sensitive personal data, could negatively impact our business and/or our reputation.
GDPR
The GDPR is directly applicable in each EU Member State, resulting in a more uniform application of data privacy laws across the European Union. However, the GDPR does allow each Member State to implement laws which supplement the GDPR, causing some variation between EU Member States (for example, in connection with processing employee personal data and processing personal data for scientific purposes). The GDPR also provides that EU Member States may separately introduce further conditions, including limitations, to the processing of genetic, biometric or health data, which could limit our ability to collect, use and share personal data, or could cause our compliance costs to increase, ultimately having an adverse impact on our business. We need to ensure compliance with the supplemental laws in each jurisdiction where we operate, either through having an establishment or through offering goods or services to, or monitoring the behavior of, data subjects located in such jurisdiction.
The GDPR imposes accountability obligations requiring controllers and processors to maintain a record of their data processing and policies. It requires us, as a controller of personal data, to be transparent and to disclose to data subjects (being the individuals to whom the personal data relates), in a concise, intelligible and easily accessible form, how their personal information is used by us. It also imposes limitations on our retention of information, introduces requirements to pseudonymize (i.e., key-code) data, introduces mandatory data breach notification requirements and sets certain standards for controllers to demonstrate that they have obtained valid consent for certain data processing activities.
The requirements also state that personal data may only be collected for specified, explicit and legitimate purposes which have a legal basis set out in the GDPR and may only be processed in a manner consistent with those purposes. Personal data must also be adequate, relevant, and not excessive in relation to the purposes for which it is collected and protected using
24
appropriate technical and organizational measures. In addition, personal data must not be transferred outside of the EEA unless certain steps are taken to ensure an adequate level of protection. The GDPR also requires that the data not be kept for longer than necessary to achieve the purposes for which it was collected. To the extent that we process, control or otherwise use sensitive data relating to individuals (for example, individuals’ health or medical information, race or ethnicity), more stringent rules apply, limiting the circumstances and the manner in which we are legally permitted to process that data and transfer that data outside of the EEA. In particular, in order to process such data, an additional legal permission is required, such as explicit consent of the data subject to the processing.
Fines for non-compliance with the GDPR have the potential to be significant—the greater of EUR 20 million or 4% of our global annual revenue in the previous financial year.
EPD
The requirements laid down by the EPD are particularly relevant when we send electronic direct marketing to individuals in the EEA or when we use cookies or similar technologies on our websites with respect to individuals located in the EEA and will usually require us to obtain consent from such recipients to carry out these activities. Although all EEA Member State national laws stem from the EPD, the laws differ by jurisdiction, sometimes significantly. We need to ensure compliance with the laws in each jurisdiction where we operate.
The European Union is in the process of replacing the EPD with an E-Privacy Regulation which, unlike the EPD which needed to be transposed into the national law of EEA Member States, will be directly applicable in each EEA Member State. The text of the new Regulation has not yet been finalized nor has an implementation date been set. We will continue to monitor the progress of the new Regulation and make necessary modifications to our practices as and when required.
Healthcare Reform
The United States and some foreign jurisdictions are considering, or have enacted, a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect our ability to sell our products profitably. Among policy makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality or expanding access. Current and future legislative proposals to further reform healthcare or reduce healthcare costs may limit coverage of or lower reimbursement for the procedures associated with the use of our products. The cost containment measures that payors and providers are instituting and the effect of any healthcare reform initiative implemented in the future could impact our revenue from the sale of our products.
Laws Relating to Foreign Trade
We are subject to various federal and foreign laws that govern our international business practices. These laws include the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which prohibits U.S. companies and their representatives from paying, offering to pay, promising, or authorizing the payment of anything of value to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party, or political candidate for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business, or to otherwise obtain favorable treatment or influence a person working in an official capacity. In many countries, the healthcare professionals we regularly interact with may meet the FCPA’s definition of a foreign government official. Additionally, interactions with or on the part of our vendors or other agents may also implicate the FCPA. The FCPA also requires public companies to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect their transactions and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents unique challenges in the medical device industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials.
Our international operations could also be subject to compliance with national laws of other countries, such as the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010, or the U.K. Bribery Act. The U.K. Bribery Act applies to any company “carrying on business” in the United Kingdom, irrespective of where the offending conduct occurs. The U.K. Bribery Act applies to bribery activities both in the public and private sector and prohibits the provision of an “advantage” intended to induce or reward “improper performance” of the recipient’s function. The failure by a company to prevent third parties from providing a bribe on its behalf could also constitute an offense. Penalties under the U.K. Bribery Act include potentially unlimited fines for companies and criminal sanctions for corporate officers under certain circumstances.
25
There are also trade laws within the United States and in other regions that regulate the sale, purchase, import, export, re-export, transfer and shipment of goods, currency, products, materials, services and technology. Violations of these laws can lead to serious consequences, including substantial fines.
Other Regulations
We are also subject to numerous federal, state and local laws relating to such matters as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control, and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. We may incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations now or in the future.
Seasonality
We typically experience seasonality in our first and fourth quarters, although this seasonality was disrupted during the COVID-19 pandemic. We typically experience higher sales in the first quarter in direct correlation with the number of patients presenting with respiratory distress due to the severity of the flu season, especially in the Northern Hemisphere, and higher sales in the fourth quarter as a result of increased sales from hospitals nearing their fiscal year-end that have not fully utilized the funds allocated to purchases of our High Velocity Therapy systems. We believe that COVID-19 has become a permanent part of the respiratory landscape similar to the flu or respiratory syncytial virus. While there may be future COVID-19 surges, it is difficult to predict the timing and severity of a surge.
Information about our Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the name, age, and position of each of our executive officers as of February 22, 2024.
Name |
|
Age |
|
Title |
Joseph Army |
|
60 |
|
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director |
John Landry |
|
51 |
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer |
Brian Lawrence |
|
54 |
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer |
Joseph Army has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since June 2012. Prior to joining Vapotherm, Mr. Army served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Salient Surgical Technologies, Inc. (formerly TissueLink Medical, Inc.), or Salient, since 2007. He first joined Salient in 1999 as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance. Prior to his time at Salient, he held various positions including Vice President of Finance and Supply Chain Operations for Westaim Biomedical from 1998 to 1999 and strategy consultant for Coopers & Lybrand LLP from 1991 to 1997. Mr. Army holds an MBA in finance from The Wharton School and a BA in history from the University of Rhode Island. He is certified in production and inventory management and is a certified public accountant (inactive status).
John Landry has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer since July 2020 and served previously as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer since August 2012. Prior to joining Vapotherm, he held a number of leadership roles at Salient from 2004 to 2011, including VP Accounting & Controller and VP Global Business Development. Mr. Landry also served as Director of International Marketing at Medtronic Advanced Energy from 2011 to 2012, which acquired Salient in August 2011. Prior to his time at Salient, he served in various financial leadership roles at Bottomline Technologies from 2000 to 2004, Hussey Seating Company from 1997 to 2000 and Coopers & Lybrand LLP from 1994 to 1997. Mr. Landry currently serves on the board of directors of Liberate Medical, Inc. Mr. Landry graduated summa cum laude from Bentley College with a BS in Accountancy and is a certified public accountant (inactive status).
Brian Lawrence has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since December 6, 2021. Prior to joining Vapotherm, Mr. Lawrence served as Chief Technology Officer & General Manager of Gravity Diagnostics, LLC, a diagnostics company, where he was responsible for technology and innovation programs across the company. Prior to joining Gravity Diagnostics, Mr. Lawrence served as Senior Vice President & Chief Technology Officer of Hillrom Holdings, Inc., a medical device company, from 2010 to 2021. While at Hillrom, Mr. Lawrence was responsible for global technology and innovation teams of over 800 employees in seven countries and an annual budget of $150 million. He led a digital transformation for the company and created a new SaaS business valued at over $100 million. Prior to that position, he served as Chief Technology Officer of Life Support Solutions, a division of GE Healthcare, where he was responsible for global engineering teams of over 400 employees across the US, Europe, and Asia with a budget of over $70 million annually. Mr. Lawrence holds a Doctor of Philosophy, Electrical Engineering, from the Center for Research and Education in Optics and Lasers, University of Central Florida, and a Master of Science, Electrical Engineering and a Bachelor of Science, Electrical Engineering from Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
26
Human Capital
Below are our core Guiding Principles which govern how we and our employees conduct business, prioritize, make decisions, and work with one another:
Recognizing the importance of our human capital, our Board of Directors, through the Compensation Committee, retains direct oversight of our human capital and oversees and reviews our culture and policies and strategies related to human capital management.
Employees
As of December 31, 2023, we had 207 employees and contractors, consisting of 182 full-time employees and contractors and 25 part-time employees and contractors. Of these 207 employees and contractors, 159 of them are located in the United States, 18 in the United Kingdom, 10 in Singapore, five in Germany, four in Mexico and four in Brazil. In addition, the Mexican corporation set up by TACNA employs 119 employees and contractors in Mexico. None of our domestic employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a trade or labor union. As of December 31, 2023, eight of our international team members are subject to a collective bargaining agreement, two of which are retained through professional employment organizations. We believe our relationship with our employees is good.
Our Culture
As part of our corporate culture, we encourage our employees to make decisions, think outside the box and operate with flexibility and speed. Through challenging assignments, our team members grow professionally. We seek to recognize and reward our teammates for their efforts by hosting social activities to help strengthen teams and allow for different departments to get together in a casual setting. We host all company monthly Town Hall Meetings where we share updates on our key initiatives, financial results and patient stories, and recognize employees for embodying our Guiding Principles. Our learning and development initiatives are targeted for leaders as they are the most important lever in engaging with and strengthening our teams. We’ve earned Business New Hampshire Magazine’s “Best Company to Work For” recognition every year through 2021 since the start of our involvement in the competition in 2016. Year after year, the top reasons stated by our people for why they enjoy working at Vapotherm is because of the people they work with, the patients that we serve and the autonomy they have in their roles.
Code of Business Conduct and Professional Culture Principles
As part of our Mission, we are committed to conducting all of our business in a law-abiding and principled fashion and maintaining a professional culture. Each employee agrees to follow our Code of Business Conduct. We also understand that guidance is most impactful when teams have ownership in its creation, and to that end, our employees have established Professional Culture Principles, which are three bedrock principles that are universally applicable and help set expectations across the team. Our Professional Culture Principles are:
To achieve our shared Mission, we
Actively seek and provide feedback,
Count on one another to act with integrity,
Treat everyone with respect.
Recognizing that our Professional Culture Principles and Code of Business Conduct may not address every situation our employees may encounter, other resources exist to assist our employees, including our management team and Professional Conduct hotline.
27
Employee Engagement
We provide all employees with the opportunity to share their opinions and feedback through a culture survey that is typically performed twice per year. Results of the survey are measured and analyzed to enhance the employee experience, promote retention, drive change, and leverage the overall success of our organization. Programs we have implemented in response to these surveys include monthly “Listening Lunches” hosted by our Chief Executive Officer, our Bright Idea Program where we solicit new ideas from employees to streamline processes, improve workflow and/or reduce costs and a number of PTO benefit related enhancements. We also support two employee-led resource groups for women leaders and veterans. Another important way in which our teams engage is not just with each other but with our patients. We help to connect our team to our overall strategy and mission by sharing patient stories on a routine basis.
Employee Development and Training
We recognize that successful execution of our strategy is dependent on attracting, developing and retaining top talent in all areas of the business. In furtherance of our Guiding Principle to Hire, Develop & Retain The Very Best People In the Medical Technology Industry, we have an employee referral program to encourage our employees to help us to hire other talented individuals into the organization. We strive to hire the best fit for the role and for the team, and develop our existing employees in their current roles as well as preparing them for future roles within our company. On an annual basis, our Leadership Team participates in a talent review and succession planning exercise to identify organizational needs, development opportunities, and potential future leaders. This enables us to identify the resources and skill sets needed to meet our growth objectives. We perform quarterly employee evaluations and annual manager effectiveness evaluations where all team members provide input on how their leader is doing. We promote a continuous learning environment encouraging employees to attend relevant seminars and informational sessions and often refer tools for further development. We also offer monthly and yearly professional development opportunities to team members of all levels, including: Lounge & Learn series, Leadership Development series, Women’s Leadership Group, Communication Workshops, Mentorship Programs and New Leader Bootcamp.
Employee Safety, Health and Wellness
We are committed to maintaining a safe workplace and promoting the health and wellness of our employees. We have implemented multiple safety programs and regularly perform safety hazard evaluations within our manufacturing facility. With respect to health and wellness, we want our employees to be their best self and therefore provide them access to a variety of innovative, flexible and convenient health and wellness programs designed to support their physical and mental health. These include, among others, health savings and flexible spending accounts, flexible work schedules, work-from-home opportunities, family leave and care resources, an on-site gym, stress management sessions, and employee assistance programs, such as our Breathe Easy Fund, which supports employees and their families through times of hardship by the utilization of employee-raised funds.
Compensation and Benefits
We provide competitive compensation and benefits to attract and retain superior talent. In addition to salaries, our compensation and benefits, which vary by country/region, are in place as part of our “Pay for Performance” culture and can include annual bonuses, commission programs, stock-based compensation awards, employee stock purchase plan, a 401(k) plan with employee matching opportunities, tuition assistance, among many others. We believe in perpetuating an ownership culture throughout our organization. To that end, today approximately 67% of our team has equity in our Company that they either were granted upon hire or earned through performance.
28
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
In furtherance of our Professional Culture Principle to treat everyone with respect, we strive to create a diverse workplace in which all employees feel respected, valued and empowered to reach their full potential. We define diversity as the range of human differences, including but not limited to race, ethnicity, gender, gender identity, sexual orientation, age, social class, physical ability or attributes, religious or ethical values system, national origin, and political beliefs. To ensure diversity, equity and inclusion remains at the forefront of the minds of our leaders, we include training on the topic in our new leader bootcamps and in annual leader refresher trainings. To continue to strengthen diversity of the team, we implement recruitment strategies to encourage diverse candidates to apply to positions for which they qualify.
Community Engagement
Throughout the year, we engage in community programs, such as our Care in the Air Day where our team is deployed to volunteer at local charitable organizations to give back to the local community. We also host our Annual Patient of the Year Celebration where Patient families are brought in from across the country and tell their story about how Vapotherm was able to help them during challenging and medically vulnerable times. This event allows us to celebrate our Patients, as well as our great People who make, sell and develop our products, and demonstrates to our employees that their work with Vapotherm matters and impacts Patients and the greater community.
Available Information
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public over the Internet at the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov. Our SEC filings are also available under the Investor Relations section of our website at www.vapotherm.com. Our website and the information contained on or connected to that site are not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
29
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our financial statements and related notes herein, before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the events or developments described below were to occur, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business.
Summary Risk Factors
The following is a summary of the material risks that could adversely affect our business, operations, and financial results.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and Need for Additional Capital
Risks Related to Our Business
Risks Related to Our Dependence on Others
30
Risks Related to Government Regulation
Risks Related to Our International Operations
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
General Risk Factors
31
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and Need for Additional Capital
We need to restructure our indebtedness and/or raise additional capital to fund our existing operations and meet our loan covenants which if not obtained may require us to curtail or even cease operations.
The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include disclosures stating that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year after the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.
Based on our recurring losses and current financial forecasts, we believe our existing cash resources and borrowing capacity under our loan agreement, anticipated cash receipts from sales of our products and monetization of our existing inventory balances will not be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements during the next 12 months. To ensure adequate liquidity, we are in discussions with our lender about restructuring our indebtedness and are evaluating various external financing options, although no assurance can be provided that we will be successful in restructuring our indebtedness or in securing additional sources of funds to support our operations, or if such funds are available to us, that such additional financing will be sufficient to meet our needs or on terms acceptable to us. This is particularly true if economic and market conditions deteriorate or if our business deteriorates. There is inherent uncertainty associated with fundraising activity and it is not in our complete control. If we are unable to obtain additional financing to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we would be required to curtail operations significantly, including reducing our operating expenses which, in turn, would negatively impact our sales, or even cease operations. Any debt restructuring or additional financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders and result in significant dilution to our stockholders.
Additionally, we may consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities or for other reasons, including to:
Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:
Additional capital may not be available at such times or in amounts as needed by us. Even if capital is available, it might be available only on unfavorable terms. Any additional equity or convertible debt financing into which we enter could be dilutive to our existing stockholders. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose covenants upon us that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional
32
equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to our stockholders or us. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If access to sufficient capital is not available as and when needed, our business will be materially impaired and we may be required to curtail operations significantly, including reducing our operating expenses which could negatively impact sales, or even cease operations. This is particularly true if economic and market conditions deteriorate or if our business deteriorates.
Our substantial indebtedness may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2023, we had $109.3 million of aggregate principal amount of our Loan and Security Agreement with SLR Investment Corp. (the “Loan Agreement”). Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. Our substantial indebtedness could have other important consequences to our debt holders and significant effects on our business. For example, it could:
In addition, our indebtedness under the Loan Agreement is secured by substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property, and the Loan Agreement contains restrictive covenants that could limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness.
We will require a significant amount of cash to service our debt, and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control, and any failure to meet our debt service obligations could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund working capital needs and planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.
If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before the maturity thereof, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments or seek to raise additional capital, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we may not be able to affect any of these actions, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our ability to restructure or refinance our indebtedness will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments, including the Loan Agreement, may limit or prevent us from taking any of these actions. In addition, any failure to make scheduled payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, results of
33
operations and financial condition, as well as on our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of the Loan Agreement and our other indebtedness.
Our failure to comply with our Loan Agreement relating to our outstanding indebtedness, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default that could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If there were an event of default under our Loan Agreement relating to our outstanding indebtedness, the holders of the defaulted debt could elect to cause all amounts outstanding with respect to that debt to be due and payable immediately. We cannot guarantee that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments if accelerated upon an event of default.
Further, if we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness under our secured debt, the holders of such debt could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness. In addition, any event of default under one debt instrument could also result in an event of default under one or more of our other debt instruments.
As a result, any default by us on our indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The Loan Agreement restricts our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
The Loan Agreement provides that all indebtedness thereunder is secured by substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property, and imposes significant operating and financial restrictions and limits our ability and our other subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:
As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we are and will be limited in how we conduct our business, and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. In addition, our Loan Agreement requires us to comply with a minimum revenue covenant measured at the end of each month. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in the Loan Agreement, as well as any future financing agreements that we may enter into, may restrict our ability to finance our operations, engage in business activities or expand or fully pursue our business strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those covenants. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.
Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants as well as others contained in our future debt instruments from time to time could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these
34
borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Adverse developments with respect to the stability of financial institutions we do business with, or unstable banking, credit and/or capital market conditions generally, or the perception thereof, could adversely affect our ability to access cash, obtain additional financing, restructure or refinance our indebtedness, or meet our liquidity and debt service requirements.
The potential future disruptions in access to bank deposits or lending commitments due to bank failure, could materially and adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition and stock price. The closures of certain regional banks in 2023 and their placement into receivership with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) created bank-specific and broader financial institution liquidity risk and concerns. Although the Department of the Treasury, the Federal Reserve, and the FDIC jointly released a statement that depositors at certain specified banks would have access to their funds, even those in excess of the standard FDIC insurance limits, future adverse developments with respect to specific financial institutions or the broader financial services industry may lead to market-wide liquidity shortages. Although we did not have deposits at the affected banks, the failure of any bank in which we deposit our funds or otherwise do business could reduce the amount of cash we have available to fund our operations or delay our ability to access such funds. Any such failure may increase the possibility of a sustained deterioration of financial market liquidity, or illiquidity at clearing, cash management and/or custodial financial institutions. In the event we have a commercial relationship with a bank or lender that has failed or is otherwise distressed or if other banks and financial institutions enter receivership or become insolvent in the future, we may experience delays or other issues in accessing our cash and meeting our financial obligations. In addition, any future unstable banking, credit and/or capital market conditions could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing, restructure or refinance our indebtedness, or meet our liquidity and debt service requirements.
Risks Related to Our Business
We have incurred losses in the past and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.
We have incurred net losses since our inception. We incurred net losses of $58.2 million and $113.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As a result of ongoing losses, as of December 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $548.2 million. We expect to continue to incur significant product development, regulatory, sales and marketing and other expenses. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.
Since 2008, our revenue has been derived primarily from sales of our High Velocity Therapy systems and associated disposable products. Going forward, we anticipate that our revenue will be primarily derived from a combination of our Precision Flow and next-generation High Velocity Therapy products and their associated disposable products, and our Oxygen Assist Module. In late 2020, we launched our Oxygen Assist Module select international markets, and we plan to seek FDA approval to market the HVT 2.0 version of this product in the United States. However, demand for these products and services may decline or may not increase as quickly as we expect, or, in the case of new or next-generation products and services, may never materialize. Our ability to generate revenue from sales of our existing products and services, or from any products and services we may develop in the future, may not be sufficient to enable us to transition to profitability and generate positive cash flows. Additionally, in the first quarter of 2022, we announced our long-term “path to profitability” goals, which include: drive 20% revenue growth; improve our gross margins to 60%+; normalize our cost structure; and improve our financial flexibility. While we believe our path to profitability will allow us to achieve and sustain profitability in the future, no assurance can be provided that our path to profitability initiative will be successful or that we will be able to achieve or sustain profitability.
We expect that our operating expenses will remain significant as we continue to focus on our sales and marketing organization, develop, enhance and commercialize new products, and incur additional operational costs associated with being a public company. As a result, we expect to continue to incur operating losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve profitability. Furthermore, even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on an ongoing basis. If we do not achieve or sustain profitability, it will be more difficult for us to finance our business and accomplish our strategic objectives, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In addition, failure of our High Velocity Therapy technology or our Oxygen Assist Module, to significantly penetrate existing or new markets would negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
35
Historically, our revenue is primarily generated from sales of the disposable products utilized with our High Velocity Therapy systems, and we are therefore highly dependent on growth and utilization of the installed base of those systems, and next generation versions of such systems, for our success.
We began selling our High Velocity Therapy technology and our Precision Flow Plus systems in the United States and in select international markets in 2018 and 2017, respectively. Sales of our High Velocity Therapy systems and associated disposable products accounted for substantially all of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023. We expect that sales of our High Velocity Therapy systems, our Oxygen Assist Module, and their associated disposable products will continue to account for the majority of our revenue going forward. Our ability to execute our growth strategy and become profitable will therefore depend upon the adoption by clinicians and customers, among others, of our High Velocity Therapy systems to treat both type I (hypoxic) respiratory distress, where patients do not receive sufficient oxygen, such as is experienced by COVID-19 patients, and type II (hypercapnic) respiratory distress, where patients are unable to clear sufficient carbon dioxide, such as is experienced by patients suffering from COPD, and of our Oxygen Assist Module to help maintain the pulse oxygen saturation, or SpO2, within the target SpO2 range over a significantly greater proportion of time while requiring significantly fewer manual adjustments to the equipment. Some clinicians may not adopt High Velocity Therapy because they have prior experience with, or a preference for, other treatment options that are more established, such as NiPPV, or may be reluctant to alter their practice patterns and undergo the training required to enable them to treat patients with High Velocity Therapy. Some customers may decide to not purchase our High Velocity Therapy systems if, among other potential reasons, they believe our pricing is too high or that alternative devices to manage respiratory therapy are either more clinically efficacious or more cost effective than our product. For example, our High Velocity Therapy systems are significantly more expensive than conventional heated humidified oxygen delivery devices.
If clinicians are not willing to adopt our High Velocity Therapy systems to treat respiratory distress or our Oxygen Assist Module to help maintain oxygen levels within a targeted range, these products may fail to gain increased market acceptance, and our business will be adversely affected.
We expect to grow our revenue by driving increased adoption of our High Velocity Therapy systems to treat spontaneously breathing patients of all ages suffering from respiratory distress and of our Oxygen Assist Module to help clinicians maintain oxygen levels within a targeted range. While the number of clinicians adopting High Velocity Therapy has increased in recent years, there is a significant subset of clinicians who have not adopted High Velocity Therapy, and may never do so, for a number of reasons, including:
Few clinicians have adopted our Oxygen Assist Module for use with our High Velocity Therapy systems, in part because we only launched our Precision Flow Oxygen Assist Module in select international markets in late 2020 and in the future we plan to seek FDA approval for the HVT 2.0 version of this technology in the United States. Clinicians may choose not to adopt our Oxygen Assist Module for similar reasons that clinicians may not adopt High Velocity Therapy systems.
Clinicians, including physicians and other medical professionals such as nurses and respiratory therapists, historically utilize NiPPV to treat patients in respiratory distress, and manual control to maintain oxygen levels within a targeted range. We believe that educating clinicians about the clinical and economic merits and patient benefits of our High Velocity Therapy technology as a viable alternative treatment for both type I and type II respiratory distress and our Oxygen Assist Module to help clinicians maintain oxygen levels within a targeted range are key elements for increasing the adoption of our High Velocity Therapy systems and Oxygen Assist Module. If additional clinicians do not adopt, or existing customers
36
cease using our High Velocity Therapy systems or Oxygen Assist Module for any reason, including those listed above, or if we are unable to expand the use of our systems to treat both type I and type II respiratory distress, our ability to grow our revenue will be impaired, and our business may be adversely affected.
We are presently not profitable, and we may be unable to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability.
We will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve and sustain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any period of time. Our failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively impact the value of our common stock. In order to successfully commercialize and derive revenue from our products and services, we will need to continue to expand our marketing efforts to develop new relationships and expand existing relationships with customers, to obtain authorization to market our products in additional countries, to achieve and maintain compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, to develop and commercialize our products with new features or for additional indications, and develop or acquire new products. If we fail to successfully commercialize our products, we may never receive a return on the substantial investments we have made in product development, sales and marketing, regulatory compliance, manufacturing and quality assurance, as well as further investments we intend to make, which may cause us to fail to generate revenue and gain economies of scale from such investments.
In addition, potential customers may decide not to purchase our products, or our customers may decide to cancel orders due to changes in available care offerings, adverse clinical outcomes, inadequate reimbursement or productivity credits for procedures using our products, complications with manufacturing or the utilization of technology developed by other parties, all of which are circumstances outside of our control.
Further, demand for our products may not increase as quickly as we predict, and we may be unable to increase our revenue to the level that we currently expect. Even if we succeed in increasing adoption of our products by physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers, maintaining and creating relationships with our existing and new customers and developing and commercializing new features or indications for these systems, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.
Our long-term growth depends on our ability to compete effectively in the respiratory market by commercializing our products and services currently in development as well as developing and commercializing new products and services through our research and development efforts.
Given the competitiveness of our industry, our future business prospects depend in part on our ability to develop and commercialize new products and services, such as digital solutions and new applications for products that offer improved performance and cost-effectiveness. New technologies, techniques, products or services could emerge from competitors that might offer better combinations of price and performance than our products and services. It is important that we anticipate changes in technology and market demand, as well as physician, hospital and healthcare provider preferences and practices, in order to successfully commercialize new technologies to meet our prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-effective basis.
We might be unable to successfully commercialize our products and services or obtain the necessary authorizations to do so. The success of any new product or service offering, or enhancement to an existing product or service, will depend on numerous factors, including our ability to:
37
If we do not develop and obtain regulatory authorization to market new products and services, or enhancements to such, in time to meet market demand, or if there is insufficient demand for these products, services or enhancements, our results of operations will suffer. Our internal research and development efforts and our outsourced third-party design and development initiatives may require a substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a new product, service, technology, material or other innovation. In addition, even if we are able to develop enhancements or new generations of our products and services successfully, these enhancements or new generations of products or services may not produce revenues in excess of the costs of development or may quickly be rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction of competitive products or services embodying new technologies or features.
Additionally, we must carefully manage our introduction of new products and services. If potential customers believe our new products or services will offer enhanced features or be sold for a more attractive price, they may delay purchases until such products or services are available. We may also have excess or obsolete inventory as we transition to new products, and we have limited experience in managing product transitions.
We face intense competition and, if we are unable to compete successfully with such competition, our revenue, market share and financial results could be adversely affected.
The medical device industry generally and the respiratory market specifically, are characterized by intense competition and evolving industry standards. We compete with a number of manufacturers of non-invasive ventilation products for the treatment of respiratory distress, and on a secondary basis, with conventional heated humidified high flow oxygen devices that facilitate high flow oxygen delivery for hypoxemic patients. To a lesser extent, we compete with providers of other respiratory support solutions to enhance oxygen delivery such as non-rebreather masks and oxygen cannulas.
Our most significant NiPPV manufacturing competitor is Philips Respironics. Conventional heated humidified high flow oxygen device manufacturers, such as Fisher & Paykel Healthcare and Masimo Corporation, are also potential competitors. In addition, some NiPPV and ventilator companies, including Philips Respironics, offer high flow oxygen delivery options on their NiPPV and mechanical ventilator systems. We expect that the market will become increasingly competitive in the future. Manufacturing companies compete for sales to providers primarily on the basis of product features, service and price.
Many of our competitors are large, well-capitalized companies with greater resources, more products and a longer history in the respiratory care market than we have. Other competitors are smaller companies who have or in the future may benefit from a strategic investment or acquisition by one of our larger competitors. Our larger competitors are able to spend more aggressively on product development, marketing, sales and other product initiatives than we can. Some of these competitors have:
Many of our competitors have significant development and clinical resources and can rapidly follow any innovations we bring to the marketplace. For example, our competitors could seek to obtain 510(k) clearance for expanded labeling of their products using our current or future High Velocity Therapy technology products as predicate devices, which Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has already done for Product Code QAV. Even if our technology and business strategy is more effective than the technology and business strategy of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept competitor products and services in lieu of purchasing our products. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing
38
companies and competitors develop new or improved products and business strategies and as new companies enter the market with new technologies and business strategies. We may not be able to compete effectively against these organizations. Increased competition in the future could adversely affect our revenue, market share and financial results.
We have limited experience in directly marketing and selling our products in international markets, and if we are unable to successfully expand our international direct sales infrastructure and adequately address our customers’ needs, it could negatively impact sales and market acceptance of our products in international markets and we may never generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.
We have limited experience directly marketing and selling our products in international markets. In the United Kingdom, we acquired our former distributor, Vapotherm UK, in February 2019, and we have converted this market to a direct sales model. Additionally, we established direct sales models in Germany, Belgium and Spain. We have limited experience directly marketing and selling our products in other international countries. As in the United States, our operating results in international markets are dependent upon our sales and marketing efforts in those countries, and if we fail to adequately promote and market our products, our sales in those countries could significantly decrease.
In addition, our future sales will largely depend on our ability to increase our sales and marketing efforts to adequately address our customers’ needs. We believe it is necessary to utilize a sales force that incorporates a specialized group consisting of former respiratory therapists who have experience with our High Velocity Therapy products to support our customers’ needs. Competition for sales representatives and marketing employees is intense and we may be unable to attract and retain sufficient personnel to maintain an effective sales and marketing force. If we are unable to adequately address our customers’ needs, it could negatively impact sales and market acceptance of our products, and we may not generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.
As we launch new products and increase our marketing efforts with respect to our High Velocity Therapy systems and Oxygen Assist Module, we have expanded and potentially will need to continue to expand or restructure our marketing and sales networks, as well as modify and improve our sales program offerings, such as, for example, our provision of bundled discounts involving the placement of Precision Flow capital units at no upfront charge in connection with the customer’s ongoing purchases of disposable products. If the percentage of customers who acquire our technology in this manner increases relative to the percentage of customers who purchase our High Velocity Therapy systems through an upfront or financed payment, the percentage of our revenue derived from High Velocity Therapy systems may decrease. Our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled field representatives, and on ensuring our sales programs satisfy the needs of our customers. New sales hires require training and take time to achieve full productivity. If we fail to train new sales hires adequately, if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, or if our sales program offerings do not satisfy the needs of our customers, new hires may not become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales. As a result, we may be required to restructure our sales organization, which would be costly, divert management attention, and lead to both planned and unplanned turnover. We restructured our sales organization, to some extent, in November 2023 after our then Chief Commercial Officer left our organization. Since we did not backfill that position our U.S. and international sales vice presidents, who previously reported to the Chief Commercial Officer, now report directly to our Chief Executive Officer. If we are unable to retain and appropriately expand our sales and marketing capabilities and educational initiatives domestically and internationally, we may be unable to effectively commercialize our products.
Supporting our products with clinical evidence is a key element of our strategy. We conduct and plan to conduct a range of nonclinical, as well as clinical trials, comparative effectiveness, economic and other studies to support our products with clinical evidence. Our inability to complete these studies in a timely fashion, or unfavorable results from these studies or from similar studies conducted by others may negatively affect the use or adoption of our products by physicians and hospitals, which could have a negative impact on the market acceptance of these products and their profitability.
We expect to continue to expand our marketing programs in the United States and internationally, and to fund research and development activities, including additional investment in sponsored and investigator initiated clinical and nonclinical trials and studies. The purpose of these nonclinical and clinical trials and studies is to obtain clinical efficacy, economic, and comparative effectiveness information about our products in an effort to generate comprehensive clinical and real-world outcome and cost effectiveness data in order to obtain product approval and drive further penetration in the markets we serve. In the event that these trials and studies, or similar trials and studies conducted by others, are slowed due to COVID-19 or for other reasons, or yield unfavorable results, particularly those in which we target severely hypercapnic patients, those results or delays could negatively affect the use or adoption of our products by hospitals and clinicians, or the reimbursement for our products by payors, thereby compromising market acceptance and profitability.
39
We have moved substantially all of our manufacturing operations from New Hampshire to Mexico, which involved significant risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.
We have relocated substantially all of our manufacturing operations from our previously leased manufacturing facility in New Hampshire to a leased manufacturing facility in Tijuana, Mexico pursuant to our Manufacturing Service Agreement with TACNA Services, Inc. (“TACNA”), under which TACNA has provided a shared Mexican corporation through which the assembly and manufacture of our products take place in Mexico. The relocation of our manufacturing operations to Mexico involves significant risks, including:
Although we have developed (and continue to develop) plans and strategies to mitigate these risks, there can be no assurance we will be successful in this regard. Consequently, the occurrence of one or more of the foregoing risks could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.
We currently manufacture our products, and some components of our products, in-house, and expect to continue to do so in the future, and the inability to produce the products or components we manufacture in-house could cause significant production delays, an inability to meet customer demand and a concomitant loss in revenue.
We currently manufacture our products and some components of our products, in-house. As a result, we are dependent upon the uninterrupted and efficient operation of our manufacturing facility in Tijuana, Mexico, and until the transition of all manufacturing to Mexico is complete, our facility in Exeter, New Hampshire. The operations at these facilities may be disrupted by a number of factors, including:
There can be no assurance that the occurrence of these or any other operational problems at our facilities would not cause significant production delays, an inability to meet customer demand and a concomitant loss in revenue. In addition, if any of these events occur at our Tijuana, Mexico or Exeter, New Hampshire facilities, we may need to engage contract manufacturers to assist us in manufacturing our products or product components. To this end, we have engaged a third-party contract manufacturer to manufacture and assemble certain of our products at its facility which is also in Tijuana, Mexico.
40
We currently use a third-party contract manufacturer in Tijuana, Mexico to manufacture and assemble our disposables products and thus are completely dependent upon this manufacturer for the supply of these products.
Our disposables products are currently being manufactured in Tijuana, Mexico by a sole source third-party contract manufacturer. We do not have control over the operations of this third-party manufacturer or its facility, which lack of control could ultimately affect the quality and timing of delivery of our products. In addition, any adverse change in our relationship with this manufacturer also could result in this manufacturer being unwilling to produce sufficient quantities of our products or even terminating our relationship. Any significant disruption to this sole manufacturer’s operations or its facility or any dispute we may have with this sole manufacturer over pricing, production or otherwise could result in an interruption in or cessation of supply of our disposable products, which would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A decision to change manufacturers would result in longer times for design and production as we secure any necessary licenses or clearances, develop quality control measures, and implement manufacturing processes.
We source some of the components used in our products from sole source suppliers and are thus dependent upon these suppliers for these components.
Several of the components used in our products are supplied by single source suppliers, including in China. These sole source components have no immediate alternate supply channels. If we were to encounter a disruption in supply, we may not be able to find an alternate supplier for these components. A failure to find an alternate supplier for these components could result in an inability to manufacture our products and cause substantial loss in revenue.
A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease, such as COVID-19, has and may in the future adversely affect our business.
If a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease occurs, our business may be adversely affected. Such events may result in a period of business, manufacturing, and other disruption or, as in the case of the COVID-19 pandemic, the need to rapidly scale our production to meet increased demand in a cost-effective manner, or the inability to do so, any of which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, COVID-19 resulted in certain disruptions to our business during 2020 and 2021 and may in the future cause additional disruptions. Examples of such disruptions may continue and include without limitation the following:
In addition, demand for our products and services may continue to decrease as COVID-19 infections subside and hospitals deploy less of their budgets to acquiring additional respiratory equipment due to significant inventories already on hand because of increased purchases during the pandemic.
41
The full extent to which COVID-19 or another pandemic may impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions taken to treat or contain COVID-19 or to otherwise limit its impact, and the continuing effectiveness of vaccines, among others. Additionally, strategies relating to limiting the impact of COVID-19 have become highly politicized around the world. To the extent COVID-19, whether on its own or in connection with any political, economic, and civil instability adversely affects our business and financial results, our distributors’ and suppliers’ business and financial results, or our customers’ business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, including without limitation those relating to our ability to generate revenue and improve on or hold our current gross margin, the price of our common stock, our susceptibility to securities or other types of litigation, our significant amount of indebtedness, our need to generate sufficient cash flows to service our substantial indebtedness, and our ability to comply with the covenants contained in the agreements that govern our indebtedness.
If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, our business may be harmed, and we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.
Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacture and sale of medical devices for respiratory support. Furthermore, if our customers are not sufficiently trained in the use of our products, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes or patient injury. We could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe condition or injury to patients.
Regardless of the merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:
Our existing product liability insurance coverage may be inadequate to protect us from any liabilities we might incur. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of our insurance coverage, our business could suffer. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or the inability to secure coverage in the future. In addition, a recall of some of our products, whether or not the result of a product liability claim, could result in significant costs and loss of customers.
In addition, we may be unable to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts or scope to protect us against losses. Any claims against us, regardless of their merit, could severely harm our financial condition, strain our management and other resources and adversely affect or eliminate the prospects for commercialization or sales of a product that is the subject of any such claim.
Our sales volumes and our results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and within each quarter and over the course of the year.
We have experienced and continue to experience meaningful variability in our revenue and gross profit among quarters, as well as within each quarter, as a result of a number of factors, which may include, among other things:
42
The foregoing factors are difficult to forecast, and these, as well as other factors, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, a significant amount of our operating expenses are relatively fixed due to our manufacturing, research and development, and sales and general administrative efforts. Any failure to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for a revenue shortfall could magnify the adverse impact of such revenue shortfall on our results of operations. Our results of operations may not meet the expectations of research analysts or investors, in which case the price of our common stock could decrease significantly, which occurred during the first quarter of 2022.
Historically, our business has been, and likely again in the future will be, subject to seasonal fluctuations.
Historically, our business has been, and we expect in the future will be, subject to seasonal fluctuations in that our revenue is typically higher in our first and fourth quarters, driven primarily by an increase in patients with flu-like symptoms and COPD exacerbations. Sales volume can be affected by the severity of the flu season and variations in the rates of respiratory disease in any given time period. In the event we had product shortages or had to institute a recall of our products during the flu season, our financial results would have an even more detrimental effect. As a result, our financial results for any single quarter or for periods of less than a year are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year.
We bear the risk of warranty claims on our products.
We provide customers with a one-year warranty on our High Velocity Therapy systems’ capital purchases, with limited exceptions. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we incurred warranty expense of $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively. We bear the risk of warranty claims on the products we supply. We may not be successful in claiming recovery under any warranty or indemnity provided to us by our suppliers or vendors in the event of a successful warranty claim against us by a customer or any recovery from such vendor or supplier may not be sufficient to cover our losses. In addition, warranty claims brought by our customers related to third-party components may arise after our ability to bring corresponding warranty claims against such suppliers expires, which could result in our inability to recover any costs incurred by us.
Our effective tax rate may fluctuate, and we may incur obligations in tax jurisdictions.
We are subject to taxation in numerous U.S. states, Singapore, the United Kingdom, Germany, Mexico, and Brazil and certain other territories. As a result, our effective tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the various places that we operate. In preparing our financial statements, we estimate the amount of tax that will become payable in each of such places. Nevertheless, our effective tax rate may be different than experienced in the past due to numerous factors, including changes in tax laws, changes in the mix of our profitability from state to state or jurisdiction to jurisdiction, the results of examinations and audits of our tax filings, our inability to secure or sustain acceptable agreements with tax authorities, and changes in accounting for income taxes. Any of these factors could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods or our current expectations and may result in tax obligations in excess of amounts accrued in our financial statements.
If we become profitable, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations.
We have incurred net losses since our inception, and expect to continue to incur significant product development, clinical and regulatory, sales and marketing and other expenses as well as increased administrative expenses. If we become profitable in the future, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, tax credit carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset future taxable income or reduce taxes may be subject to limitations. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to an annual limitation on its ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other tax attributes. We have not performed an analysis to determine whether our past issuances of stock and other changes in our stock ownership may have resulted in one or more ownership changes within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in one or more ownership changes under Section 382 of the Code. If an ownership change has occurred in the past or occurs in the future, our ability to use our pre-change NOLs and other tax attributes may be subject to limitation under Section 382 of the Code. If we determine that we have not undergone an ownership change, the Internal Revenue Service could challenge our analysis, and determine that our ability to use our NOLs,
43
tax credit carryforwards or other tax attributes to offset taxable income are limited by Section 382 of the Code. For these and other reasons, we may not be able to use a material portion of the NOLs, even if we attain profitability. A full valuation allowance has been provided for the entire amount of our NOLs.
If the quality of our products does not meet the expectations of our customers or their patients, then our brand and reputation could suffer, and our business could be adversely impacted.
In the course of conducting our business, we must adequately address quality issues that may arise with our products, as well as defects in third-party components included in our products. Although we have established internal procedures to minimize risks that may arise from quality issues, we may be unable to eliminate or mitigate occurrences of these issues and associated liabilities.
Additionally, if our products are involved in an instance of patient harm, even if it is through misuse of our products, it could result in an interruption of business and damage to our reputation.
We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, through the licensing of products or technologies from third parties or other strategic alliances. The failure to effectively manage acquisitions, investments, licenses or other strategic alliances, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense.
Our success depends on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing customer demands, competitive pressures, technologies and market pressures. Accordingly, from time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire, make investments in or license other technologies, products and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. Potential and completed acquisitions, strategic investments, licenses and other alliances involve numerous risks, including:
44
We do not know if we will be able to identify acquisitions or strategic relationships we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such transactions on favorable terms, or at all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors. Our ability to successfully grow through strategic transactions depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable target businesses, technologies or products, to deploy adequate resources and to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time-consuming and may disrupt our ongoing business and prevent management from focusing on our operations.
Additionally, we have and may seek to make additional foreign acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances which involve other unique risks, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures, languages and legal and regulatory environments, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.
To finance any acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock as consideration, which could dilute the ownership of our stockholders. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we may be unable to consummate any acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances using our stock as consideration.
We may be unable to manage our growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute our business strategy.
Our revenue grew from $48.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $113.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2022, our revenue decreased to $66.8 million and was $68.7 million during the most recently completed year ended December 31, 2023. We intend to continue to grow our business operations and may experience periods of rapid growth and expansion. This growth could create a strain on our organizational, administrative and operational infrastructure, including our supply chain operations, quality control, technical support and customer service, sales force management and general and financial administration. We may be unable to maintain the quality, or delivery timelines, of our products or customer service or satisfy customer demand if our business grows too rapidly, including into markets or countries in which we have limited or no prior operating and commercial experience. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, and our reporting systems and procedures. We may implement new systems in a number of areas affecting a broad range of business processes and functional areas. The time and resources required to implement these new systems is uncertain and failure to complete this in a timely and efficient manner could harm our business.
As our world-wide commercial operations and sales volume grow, we will need to continue to increase our workflow capacity for our supply chain, customer service, training and education personnel, invoicing, reporting and expand our internal quality assurance program, among other things. Because our products require us to devote significant resources to training our customers on the use and educating our customers on the benefits of our products, we will be required to expand these personnel as we increase our sales efforts. We may not successfully implement these increases in scale or the expansion of our personnel, which could harm our business.
We may encounter unplanned claims or expenses associated with our exit from the Vapotherm Access standalone remote patient monitoring reporting unit which, individually or in the aggregate, could be material. A material amount of unplanned claims or expenses could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We completed our exit from the Vapotherm Access standalone remote patient monitoring business on October 31, 2022, although we continue to use the Vapotherm Access technology in our home product under development. Despite our belief we identified and properly accounted for the costs of this exit in all material respects, it is possible unplanned claims and expenses could arise. If unplanned costs and expenses arise which, individually or in the aggregate, are material, this could have a material adverse effect on our business.
45
Risks Related to Our Dependence on Others
Except for in the United Kingdom, Germany, Belgium and Spain, we rely on a network of third-party distributors to market and distribute our products internationally, and if we are unable to maintain and expand this network, we may be unable to generate anticipated sales.
Except for in the United Kingdom, Germany, Belgium and Spain where we now have direct sales organizations, we rely on our network of third-party distributors to market and distribute our products internationally. Internationally, we sell our products through a network of 39 independent distributors. Through these distributors, we sell our products in over 45 countries outside of the United States, and we expect a significant amount of our revenue to come from international sales for the foreseeable future. In the past, we have experienced issues collecting payments from certain of our independent distributors and we may again experience such issues in the future.
We face significant challenges and risks in managing our geographically dispersed distribution network and retaining the companies who make up that network. Broadly, if we fail to comply with export control laws or successfully develop our relationships with international distributors, our sales could fail to grow or could decline, and our ability to grow our business could be adversely affected. We also cannot control the efforts and resources our third-party distributors will devote to marketing our products. Our distributors may be unable or unwilling to successfully market and sell our products and may not devote sufficient time and resources to support the marketing and selling efforts that enable the products to develop, achieve or sustain market acceptance in their respective jurisdictions. Additionally, in some international jurisdictions, we rely on our distributors to manage the regulatory process, while complying with all applicable rules and regulations, and we are dependent on their ability to do so effectively. If we are unable to attract or retain additional international distributors, our international revenue may not grow.
If any of our international distributors were to cease to do business with us, our sales could be adversely affected. Some of our distributors have historically accounted for a material portion of our sales volume. If any such agency or distributor were to have its business operations impacted as a result of a third-party acquisition or cease to sell and market our products altogether, our sales could be adversely affected. In addition, if a dispute arises with a distributor or a distributor is terminated by us or goes out of business, it may take time to locate an alternative distributor or to begin selling directly into that market, to seek appropriate regulatory approvals or to train new personnel to market our products, and our ability to sell those systems in the region formerly serviced by such terminated distributor could be harmed. Any of our distributors could become insolvent or otherwise become unable to pay amounts owed to us when due. Any of these factors could reduce our revenue from affected markets, increase our costs in those markets or damage our reputation. If a distributor were to depart or be retained by one of our competitors and begin selling a competitive product, we may be unable to prevent them from helping competitors or themselves solicit business from our existing customers, which could further adversely affect our sales.
In any situation in which we lose the services of a distributor, we may need to seek alternative sales agencies or distributors, or to begin selling directly ourselves, and our sales may be adversely affected. Because of the intense competition for their services, we may be unable to recruit or retain additional qualified distributors to work with us. We may be unable to enter into agreements with them on a timely basis or on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Failure to hire or retain qualified distributors would prevent us from expanding our business and generating sales.
As a result of our reliance on third-party sales distributors, we may be subject to disruptions and increased costs due to factors beyond our control, including labor strikes, third-party error and other issues. If the services of any of these third-party distributors become unsatisfactory, we may experience delays in meeting our customers’ product demands and we may be unable to find a suitable replacement on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms. Any failure to deliver products in a timely manner may damage our reputation and could cause us to lose current or potential customers.
46
We obtain some of the components and subassemblies included in our High Velocity Therapy High Velocity Therapy systems from single source suppliers and the partial or complete loss of one or more of these suppliers could cause significant production delays, an inability to meet customer demand and a substantial loss in revenue.
We utilize single source suppliers for some of the critical components and subassemblies we use in our High Velocity Therapy systems. Disputes (including litigation) could arise with suppliers over a wide range of business and legal issues in our supply agreements, and there may be delays in switching to alternative suppliers if the current supply source expires or terminates. Our dependence on single source suppliers of components may expose us to several risks, including, among other things:
In addition, we may be deemed to manufacture or contract to manufacture products that contain certain minerals that have been designated as “conflict minerals” under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. As a result, we are required to diligence the origin of such minerals and disclose and report whether or not such minerals originated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo or adjoining countries. The implementation of these requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability, and pricing of minerals used in the manufacture of our products. In addition, we may incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the source of any of the relevant minerals and metals used in our products.
If any of these risks materialize, costs could significantly increase and our ability to meet demand for our products could be impacted.
If we are unable to satisfy commercial demand for our products in a timely manner, our ability to generate revenue would be impaired, market acceptance of our products could be adversely affected and customers may instead purchase or use alternative products. In addition, we could be forced to secure new or alternative components and subassemblies through a
47
replacement supplier. Finding alternative sources for these components and subassemblies could be difficult in certain cases and may entail a significant amount of time, disruption and increased cost. In some cases, we would need to change the components or subassemblies if we sourced them from an alternative supplier. This, in turn, could require product redesigns which could potentially require additional FDA or international clearance or approval before we could use any redesigned product with new components or subassemblies, thereby causing further costs and delays that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We do not have long-term supply contracts with all our third-party suppliers.
We purchase components and subassemblies from third-party suppliers, including some of our single source suppliers, through purchase orders and do not have long-term supply contracts with some of these third-party suppliers. These third-party suppliers, therefore, are not obligated to perform services or supply products to us for any specific period, in any specific quantity or at any specific price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. For certain of these suppliers, we do not maintain large volumes of inventory. If we inaccurately forecast demand for components or subassemblies, our ability to manufacture and commercialize our High Velocity Therapy systems could be delayed and our competitive position and reputation could be harmed.
We often maintain high levels of inventory from our single source suppliers, which could consume a significant amount of our resources, reduce our cash flows and lead to inventory impairment charges.
Our High Velocity Therapy systems consist of a substantial number of components. In order to market or sell them effectively, we often must maintain high levels of inventory of the product and its components from our single source suppliers. The manufacturing process requires lengthy lead time during which components may become obsolete, and we may over- or under-estimate the amount needed of a given component, in which case we may expend extra resources or be constrained in the amount of end product that we produce.
Similarly, in order to market or sell our Oxygen Assist Module effectively, we often must maintain high levels of finished goods inventory from a single source supplier. The manufacturing process requires lengthy lead times during which components of our Oxygen Assist module may become obsolete, and we may over- or under-estimate the number of finished goods required, in which case we may expend extra resources or be constrained in the amount of Oxygen Assist Modules that we procure.
Performance issues, service interruptions or price increases by our shipping carriers could adversely affect our business and harm our reputation and ability to provide our products on a timely basis.
Expedited, reliable shipping is essential to our operations. We rely heavily on providers of transport services for reliable and secure point-to-point transport of our products to our customers and for tracking of these shipments. Should a carrier encounter delivery performance issues such as loss, damage or destruction of High Velocity Therapy systems, or Oxygen Assist Modules, it would be costly to replace such systems in a timely manner and such occurrences may damage our reputation and lead to decreased demand for our products and increased cost and expense to our business. In addition, any significant increase in shipping rates could adversely affect our operating margins and results of operations. Similarly, strikes, severe weather, natural disasters or other service interruptions affecting delivery services we use would adversely affect our ability to process orders for our products on a timely basis.
The loss of our senior management or our inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could negatively impact our business.
Our success depends on the skills, experience and performance of the members of our executive management team, particularly Joseph Army, our Chief Executive Officer. The loss of the services of any of these persons for any reason whatsoever, could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives. Also, each of these persons may terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or other employees.
Additionally, our business and operations depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees. We may be unable to attract or retain qualified employees in the future for many reasons, including low regional, domestic, and international unemployment rates, the competition for qualified personnel among medical device businesses, or the cost of hiring qualified employees may exceed industry standards. Recruiting and retention difficulties could limit our ability to support our commercial, supply chain and research and development programs. Any of our employees may terminate his or her
48
employment at any time and for any reason. The loss of key employees, the failure of any key employee to perform, our inability to attract and retain skilled employees, as needed, or an inability to effectively plan for and implement a succession plan for key employees could harm our business.
Risks Related to Government Regulation
Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could harm our business.
We and our products are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and elsewhere, including by the Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, and its foreign counterparts. The FDA regulates the design, development, manufacturing, labeling, storage, non-clinical and clinical research, safety, efficacy, packaging, installation, servicing, marketing and distribution, premarket clearance or approval, recordkeeping, advertising, promotion, recalls and field safety corrective actions, adverse event reporting, post-market approval studies, and product import and export to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses and meet other applicable requirements of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA.
The regulations to which we are subject are complex. Additional regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. The FDA enforces these regulatory requirements through, among other methods of oversight, periodic unannounced inspections. We do not know whether we will pass any future FDA inspections. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as: warning letters; fines; injunctions; civil penalties; termination of distribution; recalls or seizures of products; delays in the introduction of products into the market; total or partial suspension of production; refusal to grant future clearances or approvals; withdrawals or suspensions of current clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products; and in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.
Additionally and as noted above, our strategy subjects us to a variety of additional state and federal laws and regulations.
We may not receive the necessary authorizations to market our future products, and failure to timely obtain such authorizations for our future products would adversely affect our ability to grow our business.
An element of our business strategy is to continue to develop new products and add new features and expand clearance or approval of our current products to new indications. In the United States, in general, before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, new claim for or significant modification to a legally marketed device, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or the grant of a de novo request under section 513(f)(2) of the FDCA or a premarket approval application, or PMA, from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally-marketed “predicate” device. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics, not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device and be as safe and as effective as the predicate device. Clinical data are sometimes required to support a substantial equivalence determination. In the de novo process, a manufacturer whose novel device under the FDCA would otherwise be automatically classified as Class III and require the submission and approval of a PMA prior to marketing is able to request down-classification of the device to Class I or Class II on the basis that the device presents a low or moderate risk. If the FDA grants the de novo petition, the applicant will receive authorization to market the device. This device type may be used subsequently as a predicate device for 510(k) submissions. In the PMA process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices.
The PMA approval, the 510(k) clearance and the de novo processes can be expensive, lengthy and uncertain. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance and de novo processes can take from three to 12 months but may last significantly longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is filed with the FDA. In addition, a PMA generally requires the performance of one or more clinical trials. Clinical data may also be required in connection with an application for 510(k) clearance or a de novo request. Despite the time, effort and cost, a device may not be approved, reclassified or cleared by the FDA. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals could harm our business. Furthermore, even
49
if we are granted regulatory clearances or approvals, they may include significant limitations on the indications for use or intended uses of the device, which may limit the market for the device.
In the United States, we obtained 510(k) premarket clearances from the FDA to market each of our products requiring such clearance. We also obtained a de novo grant for an expanded indication for our Precision Flow Hi-VNI system. Any modifications to these existing products may require new 510(k) clearance; however, future modifications may be subject to the substantially more costly, time-consuming and uncertain de novo process or PMA process. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous premarket review process for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, such as with our Oxygen Assist Module, product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline.
The FDA can delay, limit or deny 510(k) clearance, request for de novo classification, or pre-market approval of a device for many reasons, including:
In addition, the FDA may change its policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, or Congress may enact different or additional statutory requirements, which may prevent or delay approval, de novo classification, or clearance of our future products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently marketed products on a timely basis. Such policy, statutory or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, de novo classifications, or PMA approvals, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain our current marketing authorizations.
In order to sell our products in member countries of the European Economic Area (the 27 member states of the European Union plus Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway), or the EEA, our products must comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive (Council Directive 93/42/EEC), or the MDD. Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the CE Mark to our products, without which they cannot be sold or marketed in the EEA. To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I non-sterile, non-measuring devices), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements of the MDD, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of an organization accredited by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity assessments, or a Notified Body. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body would typically audit and examine the technical file and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices. The Notified Body issues a certificate of conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the
50
medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the essential requirements. This certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE Mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity.
As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the essential requirements must be based, among other things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use, that the known and foreseeable risks, and any adverse events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the device are supported by suitable evidence. If we fail to remain in compliance with applicable European laws and directives, we would be unable to continue to affix the CE Mark to our devices, which would prevent us from selling them within the EEA.
In May 2021, the EU Medical Devices Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2017/745 of the European Parliament and of the Council), or the MDR, replaced the EU MDD in the European Economic Area. In regard to the UK, because the MDR was codified into UK law at the time of Brexit, the same MDR requirements apply to our commercial activity in the UK, at least during the post-Brexit transition period.
The MDR imposes stricter requirements on medical device manufacturers and the Notified Bodies whom they must involve in the conformity assessment procedure (other than self-declaration Class I non-sterile, non-measuring devices and (new) non-reusable surgical instruments). The MDR adds new requirements, such as a reclassification of certain devices, a Unique Device Identification (UDI) system, a wider scope of the Quality Management System including clinical evaluation and post-marketing clinical follow-up, a clinical evaluation procedure for some Class IIb and Class III devices by an independent expert panel, among others. New medical devices must now comply with the MDR rules. That means we must undergo the applicable conformity assessment procedure according to MDR, through representation by a Notified Body, for all new devices we introduce. The new devices have to be CE marked pursuant to MDR.
We or our distributors will also need to obtain regulatory approval in other foreign jurisdictions in which we plan to market and sell our products. The time required to obtain registrations or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than that required for FDA clearance, and requirements for such registrations, clearances or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. If we modify our products, we or our distributors may need to apply for additional regulatory approvals before we are permitted to sell the modified product. In addition, we may not continue to meet the quality and safety standards required to maintain the authorizations that we or our distributors have received. If we or our distributors are unable to maintain our authorizations in a particular country, we will no longer be able to sell the applicable product in that country.
Marketing authorization by the FDA does not ensure clearance or approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and clearance or approval by one or more foreign regulatory authorities does not ensure marketing authorization by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory clearance or approval or other marketing authorization in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others.
Certain modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearance or other marketing authorizations and may require us to recall or cease marketing our products.
Once a medical device is permitted to be legally marketed in the United States pursuant to a 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or a PMA, a manufacturer may be required to notify the FDA of certain modifications to the device. Manufacturers determine in the first instance whether a change to a product requires a new premarket submission, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have made modifications to our products in the past and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances or other premarket submissions were not required. We may make similar modifications or add additional features in the future that we believe do not require a new 510(k) clearance, de novo classification, or approval of a PMA or PMA amendments or supplements. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications, requests for de novo classification, or PMAs (or PMA supplements or amendments) for modifications to our previously cleared or reclassified products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.
51
The misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our reputation in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by regulatory bodies if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business.
Our products have been cleared by the FDA for specific indications. The FDA and European regulatory authorities strictly regulate the indications for use and associated promotional safety and effectiveness claims, including comparative and superiority claims vis a vis competitors’ products, that may be made about legally marketed products. In particular, a medical device may not be promoted in a way that constitutes adulteration or misbranding under the FDCA. We train our marketing personnel and sales representatives and distributors to promote our products consistent with applicable laws and published clinical data. However, a physician, in his or her medical judgment, can prescribe a course of treatment that is outside the product’s labeling. There may be increased risk of injury to patients if physicians attempt to use our products in this manner. Furthermore, the use of our products for indications other than those authorized by the FDA or approved by any foreign regulatory body may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients.
If the FDA or any foreign regulatory body determines that our promotional materials, sales practices or training constitute improper promotion of an off-label use, including as a result of their disagreement with our interpretation of published clinical data or the FDA’s recent grant of our de novo request and corresponding expanded indications for use, they could request that we modify our training, sales practices or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance or imposition of an untitled letter, warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as false claims laws, if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and the curtailment of our operations. Additionally, the FDA might fail to take action against competitors whose promotional materials, sales practices or training mirror our own but who have not yet achieved the expanded indications for use we received in connection with the FDA’s recent grant of our de novo request. These types of enforcement actions, or enforcement omissions, could have a material adverse impact on our business, product sales and financial results.
Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire, retain or deploy key leadership and other personnel, expeditiously and effectively evaluate product complaints and promotional matters, or otherwise prevent new or modified products and indications from being developed, cleared or approved, or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, which could negatively impact our business.
The ability of the FDA to hire, retain, or deploy key leadership and other personnel, expeditiously and effectively evaluate product complaints and promotional matters, or otherwise review and clear or approve new or modified products and indications can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, statutory, regulatory, and policy changes, the FDA’s ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, a dramatic increase in Emergency Use Authorizations or other regulatory submissions, a dramatic increase in the issuance of guidance documents, and other events that may otherwise affect the FDA’s ability to perform routine functions. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may impede the FDA’s ability to expeditiously evaluate product complaints and promotional matters, and may also slow the time necessary for new medical devices or modifications to cleared or approved medical devices or indications to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. In addition, if a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our marketing applications, clinical trial authorizations, emergency use applications, or other regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
For example, over the last several years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical employees and stop critical activities. As another example, following the FDA’s issuance of certain Emergency Use Authorization communications in March 2020 that identified the product code that includes our Precision Flow Hi-VNI system, QAV, on a list of ventilators and/or ventilatory support devices, we prepared a letter-to-file to modify the indications for use of the Precision Flow Hi-VNI system. We believe these modifications are consistent with the FDA’s recent communication and our clinical data. However, to the extent we market the Precision Flow Hi-VNI system using the modified labeling, the possibility exists that the FDA may not agree with the decision that a new clearance or approval was unnecessary for this label revision for any number of reasons, including, without limitation, that we
52
used an inappropriate intended use statement, and as a result may require us to submit a new 510(k) notification, request for de novo classification, premarket approval (“PMA”) (or PMA supplements or amendments) or subject us to other consequences. In addition, on April 29, 2020 the FDA reached out with an informal inquiry regarding our marketing of the Precision Flow Hi-VNI system. We responded to that inquiry in a timely manner, but the FDA may ultimately determine that our website or other promotional materials, sales practices, or training constitute the improper promotion of a medical device.
Our products must be manufactured in accordance with federal, state and international regulations, and we could be forced to recall our installed devices or terminate production if we fail to comply with these regulations.
The methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of our products must comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the procedure and documentation of, among other requirements, the design, testing, validation, verification, complaint handling, production, process controls, quality assurance, labeling, supplier evaluation, packaging, handling, storage, distribution, installation, servicing and shipping of medical devices. Furthermore, we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality standards and applicable regulatory requirements. The FDA enforces the QSR through, among other oversight methods, periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of subcontractors, suppliers, or contract manufacturing organizations. Our products are also subject to similar state regulations and various laws and regulations of foreign countries governing manufacturing. For example, certain of our electrical components in our products are audited pursuant to International Electrotechnical Transmission standard 60601, a widely accepted benchmark for medical electrical equipment compliance that has become a requirement for the commercialization of electrical medical equipment in many countries. We are routinely audited under this standard and negative findings from an audit could prevent us from marketing our products in certain countries.
Our third-party manufacturers may not take the necessary steps to comply with applicable regulations or our specifications, which could cause delays in the delivery of our products. In addition, failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements or later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products or manufacturing processes could result in, among other things: warning letters or untitled letters; customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recall, detention or seizure of our products; fines, injunctions or civil penalties; suspension or withdrawal of approvals or clearances; seizures or recalls of our products; total or partial suspension of production or distribution; administrative or judicially imposed sanctions; the FDA’s refusal to grant pending or future clearances or approvals for our products; clinical holds; refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and criminal prosecution of us or our employees.
Any of these actions could significantly and negatively impact supply of our products. If any of these events occurs, our reputation could be harmed, we could be exposed to product liability claims and we could lose customers and suffer reduced revenue and increased costs.
Our products may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the FDA and other governmental authorities, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. The discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, could have a negative impact on us.
Our products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States and by regulatory agencies in other countries where we do business. We will be required to timely file various reports with the FDA, including reports required by the medical device reporting regulations, or MDRs, which require us to report to the FDA when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one or more of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur to the device or a similar device that we market, could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of the product. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA or other governmental authorities could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of our device clearance, seizure of our products or delay in clearance of future products.
The FDA and certain foreign regulatory bodies have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products under certain circumstances. The FDA’s authority to require a recall must be based on a finding that there is reasonable probability that the device could cause serious injury or death.
53
A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations. We have in the past conducted voluntary recalls of devices with lot-specific quality issues. For example, in September 2014, we initiated a voluntary recall of various lots of the disposable patient circuit due to the device allowing water to leak into the center gas lumen. This recall was terminated in October 2015. Additionally, we received a small number of complaints involving a defect in the disposable patient circuit that allowed water to leak where the delivery tube is connected to the disposable water path. In response, we initiated a voluntary recall of the four affected lots that began on May 4, 2016 and terminated on August 17, 2016. Also, in coordination with MHRA, in January of 2023 Vapotherm initiated a limited recall of four lots of Disposable Patient Circuits in the UK, a quantity that is not material. Product defects or other errors resulting in recalls may occur in the future.
Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA or other governmental bodies may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new marketing authorizations for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such marketing authorizations may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties or civil or criminal proceedings.
Companies are required to maintain certain records of recalls, removals and corrections, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary withdrawals, removals or corrections for our products in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers, potentially lead to product liability claims against us and negatively affect our sales. Any corrective action, including product recall, will require the dedication of our time and capital and could harm our reputation and financial results.
In addition, the FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. For example, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, was signed into law. The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of medical devices and spur innovation. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or abroad. The Biden Administration may enact certain policies that may impact our business and industry. It is difficult to predict how potential executive actions affect the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If potential executive actions impose constraints on FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.
Certain of our customers are highly dependent on payments from third-party payors, including government sponsored programs, in the U.S. and other countries in which we operate, and reductions in third-party coverage and reimbursement rates for our products (or services provided with our products) could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
A substantial portion of our revenue depends, in part, on the extent to which the costs of our products purchased by our customers are reimbursed by third-party payors, including Medicare, Medicaid, other U.S. government sponsored programs, non-U.S. governmental payors and private payors. Our customers’ ability to obtain appropriate coverage and reimbursement for products and services from these third-party payors affects the selection of products they purchase and the prices they are willing to pay. Many of our products are used in services that are often reimbursed by third-party payors as part of a global payment that covers all costs associated with providing that service. This means that healthcare providers incur costs purchasing these products but do not receive separate or additional reimbursement in connection with their use. As a result, certain healthcare providers may be reluctant to adopt our products. Similarly, our customers may not adopt our products if they are more costly than competitor products, including products used to provide alternative treatments. If we lower the prices for our products to obtain or maintain customers’ business, we may be adversely affected financially. Similarly, our customers’ ability to obtain appropriate productivity credit from their applicable internal administrations affects the selection of products they purchase and the prices they are willing to pay.
For some of our products, such as our remote physiologic monitoring (“RPM”) products, our customers may receive additional reimbursement associated with those products. To the extent that third-party payors modify or eliminate coverage
54
for the RPM products or reduce their reimbursement to our customers for their use of those products, our business may be adversely affected.
We face significant uncertainty in the industry due to government healthcare reform and other legislative action.
There have been and continue to be laws enacted by the federal government, state governments, regulators and third-party payors to control healthcare costs, and generally, to reform the healthcare system in the United States. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the Healthcare Reform Act, substantially changed the way healthcare is delivered and financed by both governmental and private insurers. These changes included the creation of demonstration programs and other value-based purchasing initiatives that provide financial incentives for physicians and hospitals to reduce costs. We expect healthcare reform efforts to continue and we cannot predict whether additional reform proposals will be adopted, when they will be adopted, or what impact they may have on us, but any such proposals could have a negative impact on our business and provide incentives for hospitals and physicians to not use our products and services. General legislative action also may affect our business.
Consolidation in the healthcare industry, group purchasing organizations or integrated distributor networks could lead to demands for price concessions, which may affect our ability to sell our products at prices necessary to support our current business strategies.
Healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, which has resulted in or led to numerous cost reform initiatives by legislators, regulators and third-party payors. Cost reform has triggered a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to aggregate purchasing power, which may create more requests for pricing concessions in the future. Failure to meet these concessions may result in our exclusion from these contracts. Additionally, group purchasing organizations, independent delivery networks and large single accounts may continue to use their market power to consolidate purchasing decisions for hospitals by limiting the number of products available under various purchasing categories. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party coverage and reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the healthcare industry world-wide, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which may exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products.
As the healthcare system consolidates the number of health systems and group purchasing organizations controlling the buying process has also constricted. In order to sell to hospitals that belong to these organizations we must be on contract. Not being on contract with these organizations, or choices of these organizations to standardize on a competitive product option or otherwise decline to renew our contract, or the failure of these organizations to differentiate our new Precision Flow Hi-VNI system, which we fully launched in 2019 and is our first product to have the de novo expanded indication for use statement, from conventional heated humidified high flow oxygen devices could substantially reduce our revenue opportunity.
Legislative or regulatory reforms in the United States or other jurisdictions in which we market our products may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for our products or to manufacture, market or distribute our products after clearance or approval is obtained.
From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulation of medical devices. In addition, FDA and other regulatory authorities’ regulations and guidance may be revised or reinterpreted in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new statutes, regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of any future products or make it more difficult to obtain clearance or approval for, manufacture, market or distribute our products. We cannot determine what effect changes in regulations, statutes, legal interpretation or policies, when and if promulgated, enacted or adopted may have on our business in the future. Such changes could, among other things, require: additional testing prior to obtaining clearance or approval; changes to manufacturing methods; recall, replacement or discontinuance of our products; or additional record keeping.
On April 5, 2017, the European Parliament passed the Medical Devices Regulation (Regulation 2017/745), which repeals and replaces the EU Medical Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive. Unlike directives, which must be implemented into the national laws of the EEA member states, the regulations would be directly applicable, i.e., without the need for adoption of EEA member state laws implementing them, in all EEA member states and are intended to eliminate current differences in the regulation of medical devices among EEA member States. The Medical Devices Regulation, among other things, is intended to establish a uniform, transparent, predictable and sustainable regulatory framework across the EEA for medical devices and ensure a high level of safety and health while supporting innovation.
55
The Medical Devices Regulation, which became effective in May 2021, among other things:
These modifications have had and may continue to have an effect on the way we conduct our business in the EEA.
We are subject to certain federal, state and foreign fraud and abuse laws, transparency laws and state licensure or permit laws which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenge to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business.
There are numerous U.S. federal and state, as well as foreign, laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, false claims and transparency laws. Our business practices and interactions with physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers are subject to scrutiny under these laws. The significant U.S. healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:
56
More generally, these laws and regulations constrain our promotional and other business activities by limiting the kinds of financial interactions, including discount and other commercial transactions, we may have with individuals or entities that use, order, purchase or recommend our products such as patients and healthcare providers. We have a variety of arrangements with our customers that could implicate these laws and regulations. For example, like many medical device companies that have related capital and consumable products, we periodically permit customers that purchase the disposable component of our High Velocity Therapy systems to use the capital component at no upfront cost as part of a bundled discount sale. A small percentage of our company is owned by healthcare professionals, and we also have also entered into consulting agreements with physicians, including some who influence the ordering of or use our products in procedures they perform. To facilitate product discussions, we also provide meals to healthcare practitioners who might use or order services using our products. We arrange for continuing education programs for healthcare practitioners to provide education about our products and the conditions our products are approved to treat. As another example, with federal RPM coverage requirements evolving, our customers may submit claims to federal payors for services furnished in connection with our RPM support services, which could result in some services not eligible for reimbursement being nonetheless billed to Medicare or Medicaid and therefore triggering False Claims Act liability. We could be adversely affected if regulatory agencies determine our financial interactions to be in violation of applicable laws. Due to the breadth of these laws, the narrowness of exceptions and/or safe harbors available, and the range of interpretations to which the laws are subject, it is possible that some of our current or future practices might be challenged under one or more of these laws.
To enforce compliance with the healthcare regulatory laws, certain enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to investigations can be time-and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Additionally, as a result of these investigations, healthcare companies or healthcare providers may have to agree to additional compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge or investigation into our practices could cause adverse publicity and be costly to respond to.
If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the healthcare laws or regulations described above or any other healthcare regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, disgorgement and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.
Risks Related to Our International Operations
Our international operations subject us to certain operating risks, which could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
We focus our international commercial efforts in our most established markets and ones we believe have the most potential to grow. In addition, we have manufacturing facility in Mexico and research and development operations in Singapore. Economic or political instability in any of these markets could have a significant impact on our operations. Additionally, the sale and shipment of our products across international borders, as well as the purchase of components from international sources, subjects us to U.S. and foreign governmental trade, import and export, and customs regulations and laws.
57
Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance. Other laws and regulations that can significantly impact us include various anti-bribery laws, including the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010 and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as well as sanctions and export controls laws. Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments, restrictions on certain business activities and exclusion or debarment from government contracting.
Our international operations expose us and our distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions. These risks include:
If we experience any of these risks, our sales in non-U.S. jurisdictions may be harmed and our results of operations would suffer.
If we continue manufacturing our products in Mexico or using foreign contract manufacturers, our operating results could be harmed by economic, political, regulatory and other factors in foreign countries.
We currently manufacture substantially all of our products in Mexico. We also use foreign contract manufacturers and may continue to use foreign contract manufacturers to manufacture current and future products, where appropriate. These international operations are subject to inherent risks, which may adversely affect us, including, but not limited to:
58
With respect to Mexico specifically, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be affected by currency fluctuations, price instability, inflation, interest rates, regulation, taxation, social instability and other political, social and economic developments in or affecting Mexico, over which we have no control. Mexico has experienced periods of violence and crime due to the activities of drug cartels. In response, the Mexican government has implemented various security measures and has strengthened its police and military forces. Despite these efforts, drug-related crime continues to exist in Mexico. These activities, their possible escalation and the violence associated with them may have a negative impact on the Mexican economy or on our operations in the future. The social and political situation in Mexico could adversely affect the Mexican economy, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If significant tariffs or other restrictions are placed on Chinese imports or any related counter-measures are taken by China, our revenue and results of operations may be materially harmed.
We contract with several Chinese suppliers for certain components of our High Velocity Therapy systems, which are single-sourced in China. If significant tariffs or other restrictions are placed on Chinese imports or any related counter-measures are taken by China, our revenue and results of operations may be materially harmed. Recently, political discourse in the United States has increasingly focused on ways to discourage U.S. competitors from outsourcing manufacturing and production activities to foreign corporations and curb what are considered unfair trade practices. In January 2020, the United States and China entered into Phase One of the Economic and Trade Agreement between the United States of America and the People's Republic of China (the “Phase One Trade Agreement”). The Phase One Trade Agreement takes steps to ease certain trade tensions between the United States and China. Although the Phase One Trade Agreement is an encouraging sign of progress in the trade negotiations between the United States and China. However, according to the Peterson Institute for International Economics, China has purchased significantly less than its purchase commitment under the Phase One Trade Agreement. No further agreements have been reached and the impact of the Phase One Trade Agreement and any forthcoming trade deal cannot be determined at this time. If tariffs are imposed on the components used in our High Velocity Therapy systems, we may be required to raise our prices, which may result in the loss of customers and harm our operating performance. Alternatively, we may seek to shift production outside of China, resulting in significant costs and disruption to our operations.
Efforts to withdraw from or materially modify the USMCA or other international trade agreements, to change tax provisions related to global manufacturing and sales or to impose new tariffs, economic sanctions or related legislation, any of which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our business benefits from free trade agreements, such as the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement, or USMCA, and we also rely on various U.S. corporate tax provisions related to international commerce, as we develop, market and sell our products and services globally.
Any modification in these areas, any shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations or any change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential end-customers with international operations and could result in increased costs. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our results may be impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
We have international operations, including a direct sales organization in the United Kingdom, a manufacturing facility in Mexico and research and development operations in Singapore, and, as a result, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies could require us to reduce our selling price or risk making our products less competitive in international markets, or our costs could increase. Also, if our international sales increase, we may enter into a greater number of transactions denominated in non-U.S. dollars, which could expose us to increased foreign currency risks, including currency fluctuations and exchange rate risks. We do not currently engage in any hedging transactions. If we are unable to address these risks and challenges effectively, our international operations may not be successful, and our business could be harmed.
59
We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 and similar world-wide anti-bribery laws.
The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws, including the requirements to maintain accurate information and internal controls. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and in certain circumstances; strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. There is no assurance that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from acts committed by our employees or agents. If we are found to be liable for FCPA or other violations (either due to our own acts or our inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), we could suffer from civil and criminal penalties or other sanctions, including contract cancellations or debarment, and loss of reputation, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
We recently received notice from a “Vapotherm Access” technology licensor claiming our exclusive license had terminated due to our failure to use reasonable efforts to commercialize the licensed technology. We met with the licensor, provided evidence of the error of its contention, and the licensor withdrew its termination notice in writing. Despite this amicable resolution, we believe based on earlier statements that the licensor desires to amend the license agreement to, among other things, reduce our exclusive field of use, and may look for other opportunities to claim a breach and a termination to gain negotiating leverage. Termination of the license could delay the commercial launch of our home product and, if the purported termination results in litigation, could result in additional expense and management distraction, regardless of outcome.
We are successor in interest to the 2012 exclusive license agreement between Temple University (“Temple”) and HGE Health Care Solutions LLC (“HGE”), which we acquired in 2020. Briefly summarized, the agreement exclusively licensed to HGE (and now to us) certain intellectual property designed to predict COPD exacerbations using remote patient monitoring. This licensed technology was used in the Vapotherm Access call center business which we exited in 2022 and is also incorporated in the home based device we have been actively developing at our Technology Center in Singapore. We recently completed proof of concept testing of the digital solution that supports the home device with Vapotherm Access at Temple University Medical Center (“Temple Medical Center”). Despite our active development of a home device incorporating the technology licensed from Temple, and our ongoing collaboration with Temple Medical Center in the development of this product, in October 2023 we received a notice from Temple declaring the license terminated, allegedly due to our failure to use reasonable efforts to commercialize the licensed technology. Prior to sending the notice, and despite being party to a valid and existing exclusive license agreement, Temple had sought to enter into a new license agreement with us which would have, among other things, narrowed our exclusive field of use. Termination of the Temple license agreement could delay the launch of our home based device and, should litigation ensue, litigation costs could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results, regardless of outcome.
If we are unable to secure and maintain patent or other intellectual property protection for our products, we may lose a significant competitive advantage.
Our commercial success depends, in part, on obtaining, maintaining and defending patent and other intellectual property protection for the technologies used in our products. The patent positions of medical device companies, including ours, can be highly uncertain and involve complex and evolving legal and factual questions. The process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. We may choose not to seek patent protection for certain innovations or products and may choose not to pursue patent protection for certain products in certain jurisdictions or at all, and under the laws of certain jurisdictions, patents or other intellectual property rights may be unavailable or limited in scope and, in any event, any patent protection we obtain may be limited. As a result, some of our products are not, and in the future may not be, protected by patents. This may mean we may be unable to:
60
We intend to seek additional patents, but our pending and future patent applications may not result in issued patents or be granted on a timely basis. In addition, issued patents may not contain claims sufficiently broad to protect us against third parties with similar technologies or products or provide us with any competitive advantage, including exclusivity in a particular product area. The scope of our patent claims also may vary between countries, as individual countries have distinctive patent laws. We may be subject to challenges by third parties regarding our intellectual property, including, among others, claims regarding validity, enforceability, scope and effective term. Patent prosecution, related proceedings, and litigation in the U.S. and in other countries may be expensive, time consuming and ultimately unsuccessful. In addition, patents issued by foreign countries may afford less protection than is available under U.S. patent law and may not adequately protect our proprietary information. Our competitors may independently develop proprietary technologies and processes that are the same as or substantially equivalent to ours or design around our patents. The technologies we have patented, licensed or developed. Moreover, the expiration of patents on which we rely for protection of key products could diminish our competitive advantage and adversely affect our business and our prospects. Consequently, competitors could develop, manufacture and sell products that directly compete with our products, which could decrease our sales and diminish our ability to compete.
Even if our patents are determined by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, USPTO, foreign patent office, or a court to be valid and enforceable, they may not be drafted or interpreted sufficiently broadly enough in scope to prevent others from marketing products and services similar to ours or designing around our patents. For example, third parties may be able to develop therapies, or make systems or devices, that are similar to ours but that are not covered by the claims of our patents. Third parties may assert that we or our licensors were not the first to make the inventions covered by our issued patents or pending patent applications. The claims of our issued patents or patent applications when issued may not cover our commercial technology or the future products and services that we develop. We may not have freedom to operate unimpeded by the patent rights of others. Third parties may have dominating, blocking or other patents relevant to our technology of which we are not aware. Because an originally filed patent application can be refiled to obtain continuation patents with new claims based on the priority date of the original application, we cannot be certain that our competitors will not file and obtain new continuation patents in an attempt to cover our commercial technology notwithstanding it having been available in the market for over 10 years. In addition, because patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after the filing of certain priority documents (or, in some cases, are not published until they issue as patents) and because publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications for our technology or our next generation contemplated technology. Any such patent applications may have priority over our patent applications or issued patents, which could further require us to obtain rights from third parties to issued patents or pending patent applications covering such technologies to allow us to commercialize our technology. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application on inventions similar to ours, depending on when the timing of the filing date falls under certain patent laws, we may have to participate in a priority contest (such as an interference proceeding) declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention in the United States. There may be prior public disclosures of which we are not aware that could invalidate our patents or one or more claims of our patents. Further, we may not develop additional proprietary technologies and, even if we do, they may not be patentable.
Moreover, in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions, proceedings to enforce our patent rights could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, such proceedings could provoke third parties to assert claims against us, or they may assert such claims on their own. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful, or we may be required to pay damages and legal fees of our adversaries. Thus, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing and selling products that are the same as or similar to our products, and our competitive position would be harmed.
If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position may be harmed.
In addition to patent and trademark protection, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented manufacturing know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our consultants and vendors, or our former or current employees. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. Despite these efforts, however, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our trade secrets and other unpatented or unregistered proprietary information, and once disclosed, we are likely to lose trade secret protection. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for any such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to enforce trade secret protection.
61
Further, our competitors may independently acquire or develop know-how or other technology that is similar, equivalent, or superior to our proprietary technology. Competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology, or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. In addition, our key employees, consultants, suppliers or other individuals with access to our proprietary technology may incorporate that technology into projects and inventions developed independently or with third parties. As a result, disputes may arise regarding the ownership of the proprietary rights to such technology, and any such dispute may not be resolved in our favor. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology to compete with us and our competitive position could be adversely affected. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected so as to protect our market against competitors’ products and methods, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.
If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.
Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. In addition, third parties have registered trademarks similar and identical to our trademarks in both the United States and in foreign jurisdictions and may in the future file for registration of such trademarks. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we were not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to market our products in those countries. In any case, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.
We may in the future become involved in lawsuits to defend ourselves against intellectual property disputes, which could be expensive and time consuming, and ultimately unsuccessful, and could result in the diversion of significant resources, and hinder our ability to commercialize our existing or future products.
Our success depends in part on not infringing the patents or violating other proprietary rights of others. Intellectual property disputes can be very costly to defend or affirmatively pursue, distract leadership, require financing, and may cause our business, operating results and financial condition to suffer. Significant litigation regarding patent rights occurs frequently in the medical device industry, and we intend to engage as necessary to defend our rights. Whether merited or not, it is possible that U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications controlled by third parties may be alleged to cover our products. We may also face allegations that our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property rights of their former employers or other third parties. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit, or otherwise interfere with our ability to commercialize our products. These competitors may have one or more patents for which they can threaten and/or initiate patent infringement actions against us, and we may have one or more patents for which we can threaten and/or initiate patent infringement actions against them. Our ability to defend ourselves or to affirmatively pursue such actions may be limited by our financial and human resources, the availability of reasonable defenses and claims, and the ultimate acceptance of our defenses and claims by the courts or juries. Further, if such patents are successfully asserted against us, this may result in an adverse impact on our business, including injunctions, damages, and/or attorneys’ fees. From time to time and in the ordinary course of business, we may develop noninfringement and/or invalidity positions with respect to third-party patents, which may or may not be ultimately adjudicated as successful by a judge or jury if such patents were asserted against us.
We have and may receive in the future, particularly as a public company, communications from patent holders, including non-practicing entities, alleging infringement of patents, infringement of other intellectual property rights including misappropriation of trade secrets, offering licenses to such intellectual property, or challenging our intellectual property. For example in 2018, Stamford Devices Limited opposed our European patent—EP2806926 before the parties reached a settlement in 2019. Any claims that we assert against perceived infringers could also provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights. At any given time, we may be involved as either a plaintiff or a defendant in a number of patent infringement actions, the outcomes of which may not be known for prolonged periods of time.
The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent applications and issuances, the complexities of the technologies involved and the uncertainty of litigation significantly increase the risks and the costs related to any patent litigation. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:
62
From time to time, we may affirmatively engage in or be subjected to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business with respect to intellectual property. Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Finally, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.
If any of the foregoing occurs, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, we may indemnify our customers, suppliers and international distributors against claims relating to the infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties relating to our products, methods, and/or manufacturing processes. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers, suppliers, or distributors. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers, suppliers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers, suppliers, or distributors or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products, or our suppliers may be forced to stop providing us with products.
Similarly, interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the USPTO or any foreign patent authority may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions or other matters of inventorship with respect to our patents or patent applications. We may also become involved in other contested proceedings, such as re-examination, inter parties review, or opposition proceedings, before the USPTO or its foreign counterparts relating to our intellectual property or the intellectual property rights of others. An unfavorable outcome in any such proceedings could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party or could cause us to lose valuable intellectual property rights. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, if any license is offered at all. Litigation or other proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees.
63
We are subject to various laws protecting the confidentiality and security of certain personal information, and our failure to comply could result in penalties and reputational damage.
We are subject to various laws and regulations protecting the confidentiality and security of certain patient health information, and our failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in penalties and reputational damage.
Within the United States, numerous federal and state laws, including, without limitation, HIPAA, state data privacy laws (for example, the CPPA), state data breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws, and federal and state consumer protection laws, govern the collection, use, disclosure and storage of personal information.
Outside the United States, numerous countries in which we operate, manufacture and sell our products have, or are developing, laws protecting data privacy and the confidentiality of certain personal data. For example, the European Union (“EU”) General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) imposes new data protection requirements in the EEA, and substantial fines for violations of the data protection rules. The GDPR expanded significantly the jurisdictional reach of EEA data protection law by extending the law’s application to not only entities that are established in the EEA, but also to entities that process personal data in connection with the offering of goods or services to data subjects located in the EEA or process personal data in connection with monitoring the behavior of data subjects located in the EEA. The GDPR imposes strict obligations and restrictions on controllers and processors of personal data including, for example, expanded disclosures about how personal data is to be used, increased requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymised (e.g., key-coded) data, mandatory data breach notification requirements, appointment of a data protection officer when sensitive personal data (e.g., health data) are processed on a large scale, requirement to enter into certain types of contracts with service providers processing personal data, implementation of appropriate privacy governance measures, and expanded rights for individuals over their personal data. This could affect our ability to collect, analyze and transfer personal data, including health data from clinical trials and adverse event reporting, or could cause our costs to increase, potentially leading to harm to our business and financial condition.
While the GDPR, as a directly effective regulation, was designed to harmonize data protection laws across the EEA, it does permit member states to legislate in many areas (particularly with regard to the processing of genetic, biometric or health data), meaning that inconsistencies between different member states will still arise. EEA member states have their own regimes on medical confidentiality and national and EEA-level guidance on implementation and compliance practices is often updated or otherwise revised, which adds to the complexity of processing personal data in the EEA.
Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the related national data protection laws of the EEA Member States, which may deviate from the GDPR, may result in substantial fines, and in addition to such fines, we may be the subject of litigation initiated by data subjects and/or adverse publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and business. As a result of the implementation of the GDPR, we are required to put in place additional mechanisms to ensure compliance with the new data protection rules. For example, the GDPR requires us to make more detailed disclosures to data subjects, requires disclosure of the legal basis on which we can process personal data, may make it harder for us to obtain valid consent for processing, will require the appointment of a data protection officer where sensitive personal data (e.g., health data or data concerning race or ethnicity) is processed on a large scale, introduces mandatory data breach notification requirements throughout the EEA, imposes additional obligations on us when we are contracting with service providers and requires us to adopt appropriate privacy governance including policies, procedures, and training.
European data protection law generally prohibits the transfer of personal data to countries outside of the EEA that are not considered by the European Commission to provide an adequate level of data protection, unless there are specific frameworks or mechanisms in place to safeguard the data, such as the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield or the European Commission-approved standard contractual clauses, or very narrow legal exceptions (such as explicit consent of the data subject) apply. There is currently litigation challenging the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield and the standard contractual clauses, and it is uncertain whether these data transfer mechanisms will be invalidated by the European courts. We could be impacted by changes in law as a result of a future review of these transfer mechanisms by European regulators under the GDPR, as well as current challenges to these mechanisms in the European courts.
Outside of the EEA, the legislative and regulatory landscape for privacy and data protection continues to evolve, and there has been an increasing focus on privacy and data protection issues that may affect our business. There is a degree of uncertainty associated with the legal and regulatory environment around privacy and data protection laws, which continue to develop in ways we cannot predict, including with respect to evolving technologies, such as cloud computing. Privacy and data protection laws may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from country to country and impose inconsistent or conflicting requirements. Varying jurisdictional requirements could increase the costs and complexity of compliance or require us to change our business practices in a manner adverse to our business. A determination that we have violated privacy or data
64
protection laws could result in significant damage awards, fines and other penalties that could, individually or in the aggregate, materially harm our business and reputation.
Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our existing and future products.
Patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include, among other things, provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, establish specific venues and procedures for litigating patent validity, and switched the United States patent system from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system. The Leahy-Smith Act and its interpretation and implementation are still evolving and could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement and defense of our patents and applications. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and may continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and may continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by United States and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain additional patent protection in the future.
Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.
The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment, and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In addition, periodic maintenance fees on issued patents often must be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of the patent. While an unintentional lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products or procedures, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products that are the same as or similar to our own, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.
Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.
Patents have a limited lifespan, and the protection any patent affords is limited. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. For any patents we have that cover our products (or new patents we obtain), once the patent life has expired we may be open to competition from competitive devices and services. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing devices or services that compete with ours.
We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
Currently, our intellectual property portfolio includes numerous issued patents and pending patent applications that relate to our platform technology. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our products in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries, and the breadth of patent claims allowed can be inconsistent. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may
65
export otherwise infringing products to territories in which we have no have patent protection or our protection is insufficient to terminate infringing activities.
We may not have patent rights in certain foreign countries in which a market may exist. Moreover, in jurisdictions where we do have patent rights, proceedings to enforce such rights could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, such proceedings could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Thus, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing and selling products that are the same as or similar to our products, and our competitive position in the international market would be harmed.
We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.
We could in the future be subject to claims that we or our employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of former employers or competitors. Although we have procedures in place that seek to prevent our employees and consultants from using the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of a former employer or competitor. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. An inability to incorporate technologies or features that are important or essential to our products would have a material adverse effect on our business and may prevent us from selling our products or from practicing our processes. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Moreover, any such litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not be sustained.
On December 15, 2023, our common stock began trading in the over-the-counter markets on the OTCQX tier of the OTC Markets, under the symbol VAPO. The over-the-counter markets, including the OTCQX, are not stock exchanges and trading of securities on the OTCQX is more limited than the NYSE. Quotation on the over-the-counter markets may result in a less liquid market available for existing and potential securityholders to trade our common stock and has depressed and could further depress the trading price of our common stock. We cannot assure you that an active public market for our common stock will be sustained in the future. If an active market for our common stock is not sustained, the price may decline. These factors may result in investors having difficulty reselling any shares of our common stock.
Further, an inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our securities, to attract and motivate employees through equity incentive awards, or to acquire other companies, products, or technologies by using our securities as consideration.
The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock.
The trading price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. During 2023, the sales price of our common stock ranged from $0.78 to $23.52. Factors that could cause volatility in the market price of our common stock include, but are not limited to:
66
In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced extreme volatility that has been often unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. A certain degree of stock price volatility can be attributed to being a newly public company and could result in time consuming and costly regulatory inquiries. These broad market and industry fluctuations may negatively impact the price or liquidity of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. For these reasons, we believe comparisons of our financial results from various reporting periods are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management expects to devote substantial time to public company compliance programs.
To comply with the requirements imposed on us as a public company, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant legal, insurance, accounting and other expenses. We have invested and intend to continue to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment will result in increased general and administrative expenses and may divert management’s time and attention from product development activities. These laws, regulations and standards are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters, enforcement proceedings and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governing practices. The costs associated with maintaining directors’ and officers’ insurance has risen and may continue to rise in the future, which may require us to accept reduced coverage, increased deductibles or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. We also expect the rules and regulations associated with being a public company to make it more expensive for us to maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls could adversely affect the results of our periodic management evaluations. In the event that we are not able to demonstrate compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,
67
that our internal control over financial reporting is perceived as inadequate, or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and the price of our common stock could decline. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, our common stock may not be able to remain quoted on the OTCQX tier of the OTC Markets.
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert our management’s attention.
The market price of our securities may be volatile, and in the past companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns.
Our management and their respective affiliates own a significant percentage of our common stock and are able to exercise significant influence over matters subject to stockholder approval.
As of December 31, 2023, our executive officers and directors, together with their respective affiliates, beneficially owned approximately 18.5% of our common stock, including shares subject to outstanding options, restricted stock units and warrants that are exercisable within 60 days after such date. Accordingly, our management is able to exert a significant degree of influence over our affairs and over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of our board of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of entrenching our management or board of directors, delaying or preventing a change in our control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could have a material and adverse effect on the fair market value of our common stock.
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the public market at any time, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the market perception that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. We have also registered all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. These shares can be freely sold in the public market subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates. If any of these shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, the market price of our common stock could decline.
Moreover, certain holders of our common stock have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If such holders, by exercising their registration rights, cause a large number of securities to be registered and sold into the public market, these sales could have an adverse effect on the market price for our common stock.
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future; therefore, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain for our stockholders for the foreseeable future.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to do so in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, our Loan Agreement contains and the terms of any future credit agreements we enter into may contain, terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain for our stockholders for the foreseeable future.
We no longer have any analysts publishing research on our common stock, which may limit the trading market in and liquidity of our common stock.
The trading market in and the liquidity of a stock often depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about the stock. As a public company with securities no longer listed on a national exchange, we no longer have any analysts publishing research on our common stock or our Company. This may limit the attractiveness of holding our stock and the trading market in, and liquidity, of our stock. In the event analysts initiate coverage on our common stock and then downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline. In addition, if analysts initiate coverage on our common stock and our operating results then fail to meet the forecast of analysts, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our stock or fail to publish
68
reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, include provisions that:
These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management, as well as delay or prevent certain changes in our capitalization structure and other business transactions. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock.
In addition, because we are incorporated in the State of Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates exclusive forums for various actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the state or federal courts within the State of Delaware will be exclusive forums for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (5) any other
69
action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Further, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. For example, courts are currently split over the enforceability of an exclusive forum provision in resolving complaints asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended. It is uncertain whether this issue will be reviewed by the Supreme Court.
General Risk Factors
Our operations, and those of our suppliers and customers, are vulnerable to interruption or loss due to natural or other disasters, power loss, strikes and other events beyond our control.
Our principal executive office is located in a leased facility in Exeter, New Hampshire, our U.S. distribution center is located in a leased facility located in Mesquite, Texas, our manufacturing operations are located in a leased facility in Tijuana, Mexico, and our development operations are located in a leased facility in Singapore. We also have access to facilities for Vapotherm UK personnel as well as facilities for inventory and a distribution site in Tilburg, Netherlands. These facilities and the manufacturing equipment we use to produce our products would be difficult to replace and could require substantial lead-time to repair or replace in the event of a natural or man-made disaster. A disaster (such as an earthquake, fire, flood, hurricane, a volcanic eruption other severe weather, or a pandemic or other outbreak) affecting our facilities, or those of our suppliers, could significantly disrupt our operations, and delay or prevent product shipment or installation during the time required to repair, rebuild or replace the damaged facilities.
Even if we are able to quickly respond to a disaster, the ongoing effects of the disaster could create some uncertainty in the operations of our business. Our customers’ facilities could also be negatively impacted by a disaster, which could delay shipments of our products. Additionally, customers may delay purchases of our products until their operations return to normal.
In addition, our facilities may be subject to a shortage of available electrical power and other energy supplies. Any shortages may increase our costs for power and energy supplies or could result in blackouts, which could disrupt the operations of our affected facilities and harm our business. In addition, concerns about terrorism, the effects of a terrorist attack, political turmoil or an outbreak of epidemic diseases could have a negative effect on our operations, those of our suppliers and customers.
If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business may be adversely affected.
We depend on our information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business, including customer management, accounting, data storage, compliance, purchasing and inventory management. We do not have redundant systems at this time. While we will attempt to mitigate interruptions, we may experience difficulties in implementing system upgrades, or experience difficulties in operating our business during the upgrade, either of which could disrupt our operations, including our ability to timely ship and track product orders, project inventory requirements, manage our supply chain and otherwise adequately service our customers. In the event we experience significant disruptions as a result of the current implementation of our information technology systems, we may be unable to repair our systems in an efficient and timely manner. Accordingly, such events may disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our entire operation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Currently we carry business interruption coverage to mitigate any potential losses, but we cannot be certain that such potential losses will not exceed our policy limits.
We are increasingly dependent on sophisticated information technology for our infrastructure. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect and enhance existing systems. While we implemented security measures relating to our operations, consistent with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) as amended by Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health “HITECH”) Act and their
70
implementing regulations (collectively “HIPAA”), those measures may not always prevent security breaches that could harm our business. Advances in computer capabilities, inadequate technology or facility security measures or other factors may result in a compromise or breach of our systems and the data we store and process. Our security measures may be breached as a result of actions by third parties or employee error or malfeasance. A party who is able to circumvent our security measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other things, misappropriate proprietary information, including information about third parties, cause the loss or disclosure of some or all of this information, cause interruptions in our operations or expose third parties to computer viruses or other disruptions or vulnerabilities. Any compromise of our systems or the data we store or process could result in a loss of confidence in the security of our software, damage our reputation, disrupt our business, lead to legal liability and adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, a compromise of our systems could remain undetected for an extended period of time, exacerbating the impact of that compromise. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to claims against us by our customers, or other third parties, including the federal and state governments. While our business agreements typically contain provisions that seek to limit our liability, there is no assurance these provisions will be enforceable and effective under applicable law. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant.
As a result of a new SEC rule on cybersecurity disclosure, we will be required to disclose, on a current basis pursuant to new Item 1.05 of SEC Form 8-K, any cybersecurity incident that we determine to be material and describe the material aspects of the nature, scope, and timing of the incident, as well as the material impact or reasonably likely material impact of the incident on us, including our financial condition and results of operations. We also are required to describe, on a periodic basis, our processes, if any, for the assessment, identification, and management of material risks from cybersecurity threats, and describe whether any risks from cybersecurity threats have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, our board’s oversight of risks from cybersecurity threats and management’s role in assessing and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats. We have incurred significant costs in an effort to detect and prevent security breaches and incidents, and we may face increased costs and requirements to expend substantial resources in the event of an actual or perceived security breach or incident and to comply with this new SEC cybersecurity rule.
We may incorporate traditional and generative artificial intelligence (AI) solutions into our information systems, products, offerings, services and features, and these solutions may become important in our operations over time. The ever increasing use and evolution of technology, including cloud-based computing and AI, creates opportunities for the potential loss or misuse of personal data that forms part of any data set and was collected, used, stored, or transferred to run our business, and unintentional dissemination or intentional destruction of confidential information stored in our or our third party providers' systems, portable media or storage devices, which may result in significantly increased business and security costs, a damaged reputation, administrative penalties, or costs related to defending legal claims. If the content, analyses, or recommendations that AI programs assist in producing are or are alleged to be deficient, inaccurate, or biased, our business, financial condition, and results of operations and our reputation may be adversely affected. AI programs may be costly and require significant expertise to develop, may be difficult to set up and manage, and require periodic upgrades. There is also a risk that we may not have access to the technology and qualified AI personnel resources to adequately incorporate ongoing advancements into our AI initiatives, including access to the licensing of key intellectual property from third parties. Our competitors or other third parties may incorporate AI into their products more quickly or more successfully than us, which could impair our ability to compete effectively and adversely affect our results of operations. Our competition may have access to greater financial and technological resources, giving them a competitive advantage in recruiting, motivating, and retaining sought-after AI professionals. AI also presents emerging ethical issues and if our use of AI becomes controversial, we may experience brand or reputational harm, competitive harm, or legal liability. The rapid evolution of AI, including potential government regulation of AI, will require significant resources to develop, test and maintain our platform, offerings, services, and features to help us implement AI ethically in order to minimize unintended, harmful impact.
In addition, our information technology systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect, and enhance existing systems and develop new systems. This enables us to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving legal and regulatory standards, the increasing need to protect employee and customer information, changes in the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to data and information systems, and the information technology needs associated with our evolving products. There can be no assurance that our efforts (including, but not limited to, consolidating, protecting, upgrading, and expanding our systems and capabilities, continuing to build security into the design of our products, and developing new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, including, but not limited to, generative AI platforms) will be successful or that additional systems issues will not arise in the future.
71
We have in the past and may in the future be subject to various litigation claims and legal proceedings.
We have in the past and we, as well as certain of our officers and distributors, may in the future be subject to various litigation or other claims or lawsuits. The outcomes of legal actions are not within our complete control and may not be known for prolonged periods of time. In some actions, claimants may seek damages. Future claimants including suppliers, customers, distributors, competitors, officers or shareholders, among others, may also seek other civil or criminal remedies (including royalties or injunctions barring the sale of products that are subject of the proceeding) in the future. Regardless of the outcome, these lawsuits may result in significant legal fees and expenses, could divert management’s time and other resources and could cause us reputational harm. If the claims contained in these lawsuits are successfully asserted against us, we could be liable for damages and be required to alter or cease certain of our business practices or product lines.
Employment litigation and unfavorable publicity could negatively affect our future business.
Employees may, from time to time, bring lawsuits against us regarding injury, creating a hostile workplace, discrimination, wage and hour, sexual harassment and other employment issues. In recent years there has been an increase in the number of discrimination and harassment claims generally. Coupled with the expansion of social media platforms and similar devices that allow individuals access to a broad audience, these claims have had a significant negative impact on some businesses. Companies that have faced employment or harassment related lawsuits have had to terminate management or other key personnel and have suffered reputational harm that has negatively impacted their sales. If we were to face any employment related claims, our business could be negatively affected.
Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.
We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include general liability, foreign liability, employee benefits liability, property, umbrella, workers’ compensation, products liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We do not know, however, if these policies will provide us with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations.
Scrutiny and evolving expectations from regulators, investors, and other stakeholders with respect to our environmental, social and governance practices may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks.
Companies are facing scrutiny from regulators, investors, and other stakeholders related to their environmental, social and governance (ESG) practices and disclosure. For example, during 2022, the SEC proposed new climate disclosure rules, which, if adopted, would require new climate-related disclosure in SEC filings, including certain climate-related metrics and greenhouse gas emissions data, information about climate-related targets and goals, transition plans, if any, and extensive attestation requirements. In addition to requiring companies to quantify and disclose direct emissions data, the new rules also would require disclosure of climate impact arising from the operations and uses by the company’s business partners and contractors and end-users of the company’s products and/or services. We are currently assessing the impact of the new rules, if adopted as proposed, but at this time, we cannot predict the costs of implementation or any potential adverse impacts resulting from the new rules if adopted. However, we may incur increased costs relating to the assessment and disclosure of climate-related risks and increased litigation risks related to disclosures made pursuant to the new rules, either of which could materially and adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition.
Further, investor advocacy groups, investment funds and influential investors are also increasingly focused on these practices, especially as they relate to the environment, climate change, health and safety, supply chain management, diversity, labor conditions and human rights, both in our own operations and in our supply chain. Increased ESG-related compliance costs could result in material increases to our overall operational costs. Our ESG practices may not meet the standards of all of our stakeholders and advocacy groups may campaign for further changes. A failure, or perceived failure, to adapt to or comply with regulatory requirements or to respond to investor or stakeholder expectations and standards could negatively impact our business and reputation and have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock.
Our business or the value of our common stock could be negatively affected as a result of actions by activist stockholders.
We value constructive input from our stockholders, and our Board of Directors and management team are committed to acting in the best interests of our stockholders. However, stockholders may from time to time engage in proxy solicitations, advance stockholder proposals or otherwise attempt to effect changes or acquire control over the Company. Responding to
72
proxy contests and other actions by activist stockholders can be costly and time-consuming, disrupting our operations and diverting the attention of our Board of Directors and senior management from the pursuit of business strategies. In addition, perceived uncertainties as to our future direction, strategy or leadership created as a consequence of activist stockholder initiatives may result in the loss of potential business opportunities, harm our ability to attract new investors, customers, employees, and joint venture partners, and cause our stock price to experience periods of volatility or stagnation.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 1C. Cybersecurity.
We understand the importance of preventing, assessing, identifying, and managing material risks associated with cybersecurity threats. Cybersecurity processes to assess, identify and manage risks from cybersecurity threats have been incorporated as a part of our overall risk assessment process and have been embedded in our operating procedures, internal controls and information systems. On a regular basis, we implement into our operations these cybersecurity processes, technologies, and controls to assess, identify and manage material risks.
Specifically, we engage a third-party cybersecurity firm to assist with network and endpoint monitoring, cloud system monitoring and assessment of our incident response procedures. Further, we employ periodic penetration testing and tabletop exercises to inform our risk identification and assessment of material cybersecurity threats.
To manage our material risks from cybersecurity threats and to protect against, detect, and prepare to respond to cybersecurity incidents, we:
Our incident response plan coordinates the activities that we and our third-party cybersecurity provider take to prepare to respond and recover from cybersecurity incidents, which include processes to triage, assess severity, investigate, escalate, contain, and remediate an incident, as well as to comply with potentially applicable legal obligations and mitigate brand and reputational damage.
As part of the above processes, we engage with consultants to review our cybersecurity program to help identify areas for continued focus, improvement, and compliance.
Our processes also include assessing cybersecurity threat risks associated with our use of third-party services providers in normal course of business use, including those in our supply chain or who have access to our customer and employee data or our systems. Third-party risks are included within our risk management process discussed above. In addition, we assess cybersecurity considerations in the selection and oversight of our third-party services providers, including due diligence on the third parties that have access to our systems and facilities that house systems and data.
Management has implemented risk management structures, policies and procedures, and manages our risk exposure on a day-to-day basis. We have a cybersecurity organization within our information technology department that focuses on current and emerging cybersecurity matters and leverages cybersecurity consultants and third-party cybersecurity firms. Our cybersecurity function is led by our Chief Financial Officer, who reports to our Chief Executive Officer. Our Chief Financial Officer and cybersecurity organization are actively involved in assessing and managing cybersecurity risks. They are responsible for implementing cybersecurity policies, programs, procedures, and strategies.
73
Our Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for oversight of our risk assessment, risk management, disaster recovery procedures and cybersecurity risks. Periodically during each year, the Audit Committee receives an overview from our Chief Financial Officer of our cybersecurity threat risk management and strategy processes, including potential impact on the Company, the efforts of management to manage the risks that are identified and our disaster recovery preparations. Members of the Board of Directors regularly engage in discussions with management on cybersecurity-related news events and discuss any updates to our cybersecurity risk management and strategy programs.
As of the date of this filing, we do not believe that our business strategy, results of operations or financial conditions have been materially affected by any cybersecurity incidents for the reporting period covered by this report. However, companies like us, as well as our employees, service providers and other third parties, have experienced information security and cybersecurity attacks in the past and will likely continue to be the target of cyber actors.
We describe whether and how risks from identified cybersecurity threats have or that are reasonably likely to affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows, under the heading “Risks Related to Our Business” included as part of our “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which disclosures are incorporated by reference herein.
Item 2. Properties.
Our corporate headquarters are located in Exeter, New Hampshire, where we conduct our principal executive, research and development, sales and marketing, and administrative activities. Our U.S. distribution center is located in Mesquite, Texas; our principal manufacturing operations are primarily conducted in Tijuana, Mexico; and our research and development operations are primarily conducted in Singapore.
Below is a summary of our material facilities that we operate through multiple lease agreements for office, manufacturing, research and development, and warehouse space.
Location |
Owned or Leased |
Lease Terms |
Occupancy |
Exeter, NH |
Leased |
Expires January 28, 2025, with renewal option for two additional five-year term |
Office, manufacturing and warehouse |
Tijuana, Mexico |
Leased |
Expires August 14, 2029 |
Office, manufacturing and warehouse |
Mesquite, TX |
Leased |
Expires March 31, 2027, with renewal option for additional five-year term |
Manufacturing and warehouse |
Singapore |
Leased |
Expires January 1, 2026, with renewal option for two additional three-year term |
Office |
Loanhead, UK |
Leased |
Expires February 15, 2027 |
Office and warehouse |
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
From time to time we may become involved in various legal proceedings, including those that may arise in the ordinary course of business. There is no current litigation pending that could have, individually, or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
74
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information
Our common stock trades on the OTCQX tier of the OTC Markets under the symbol “VAPO.” Over-the-counter market quotations of our common stock reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down, or commission, and may not represent actual transactions. Prior to December 15, 2023, our common stock was listed on The New York Stock Exchange.
Holders
As of February 15, 2024, there were 168 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of holders of our common stock is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers or held by other nominees.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to do so in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, our Loan Agreement contains and the terms of any future credit agreements we enter into may contain, terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Not applicable.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
During the quarter ended December 31, 2023, we granted SLR Investment Corp. (“SLR”) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 85,084 shares of common stock in connection with the PIK Interest option under our Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, with SLR (collectively, the “PIK Warrants”). The PIK Warrants had a weighted average exercise price of $2.59 per share on the date of grant, were fully vested upon issuance, are exercisable at the option of the holder, in whole or in part, and have expiration dates ranging from October 2, 2033 through December 1, 2033. The offer and sale of the PIK Warrants was made by us in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements provided under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and in connection therewith, relied upon representations made by SLR.
Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
Item 6. Reserved.
75
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The discussion includes our financial results for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. Some of the numbers included herein have been rounded for the convenience of presentation.
In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under Part I., “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Overview
Vapotherm is a global medical technology company primarily focused on the care of patients of all ages suffering from respiratory distress, whether associated with complex lung diseases such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (“COPD”), congestive heart failure (“CHF”), pneumonia, asthma and COVID-19 or other systemic conditions. Our mission is to improve the lives of patients suffering from complex lung disease and other forms of respiratory distress while reducing the cost of their care through integrated device and digital solutions. Our device solutions are focused on High Velocity Nasal Insufflation (“HVNI”, or “High Velocity Therapy”), which delivers non-invasive ventilatory support to patients by providing heated, humidified, oxygenated air at high velocities through a small-bore nasal interface, and on closed loop control systems such as our Oxygen Assist Module (“OAM”), designed to automatically maintain a patient’s pulse oxygen saturation (“SpO2”) levels within a specified range for a defined period of time. Our digital solutions are focused on remote patient monitoring, using proprietary algorithms to predict impending respiratory episodes before they occur and coordinate timely intervention, obviating the need for costly hospital admissions and minimizing patient distress. Although we exited our Vapotherm Access call center business, the underlying technology is being incorporated in our home based device we have been actively developing at our Technology Center in Singapore. While these device and digital solutions function independently, we believe leveraging the two together can create a unique healthcare ecosystem, focused on delivering high quality, efficient respiratory care in a variety of settings.
High Velocity Therapy is an advanced form of high flow therapy that is differentiated due to its ability to deliver breathing gases, including oxygen, at a high velocity, for the treatment of spontaneously breathing patients suffering from respiratory distress, including Type 1 hypoxic respiratory distress, like that experienced by patients with pneumonia or COVID-19, or Type 2 hypercapnic respiratory distress, like that experienced by patients with COPD. Our HVT 2.0 and Precision Flow systems (together, “High Velocity Therapy systems”), which use High Velocity Therapy technology, are clinically validated alternatives to, and address many limitations of, the current standard of care for the treatment of respiratory distress in a hospital setting. Our next generation High Velocity Therapy system, known as HVT 2.0, received initial 510k clearance from the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) in 2021, transitioned to full market release in August 2022, and received clearance for expanded respiratory distress indications in December 2022. The HVT 2.0 platform is cleared for therapy in multiple settings of care, although it is presently being marketed primarily for hospital use. As of December 31, 2023, more than 4.2 million patients have been treated with our High Velocity Therapy systems, and we have a global installed base of over 37,500 units, an increase of 2.0% compared to December 31, 2022.
The COVID-19 pandemic transformed our business significantly and contributed in at least two primary ways: first, it resulted in increased awareness of the unique efficacy of our High Velocity Therapy for the treatment of COVID-19 patients, and generally, resulting in high global demand at that time for our technology and the concomitant rapid growth of our installed base. Today, our brand is a recognized and respected name in an ever-increasing number of hospitals around the world. Second, many respiratory distress patients who require ventilatory support are initially treated in a hospital’s emergency department with the goal of stabilizing these patients with a non-invasive ventilation therapy so their underlying condition can be treated. Our focus on hospital emergency departments as an effective entry point for our products resulted in our systems being in the right place at the right time when the COVID-19 pandemic hit. This exposed a significant number of new physicians to the efficacy of our High Velocity Therapy technology, especially as they were able to see patients moved out of the emergency room and into lower acuity settings in the hospital after receiving our High Velocity Therapy. We expect that increased awareness among physicians of the efficacy of our High Velocity Therapy to treat respiratory distress will result in the long-term in expanded use of our products to treat all forms of respiratory distress in a variety of settings.
We sell our High Velocity Therapy systems to hospitals through a direct sales organization in the United States and select international markets and through distributors in other select international markets. In late 2020, we launched our OAM in select international markets, which can be used with most versions of our Precision Flow system and OAM capability has
76
been built into the HVT 2.0 for future use. The OAM helps clinicians maintain a patient’s SpO2 within a target SpO2 range over a greater period of time while requiring significantly fewer manual adjustments to the equipment. Maintenance of the prescribed oxygen saturation range may reduce the health risks associated with dosing too much, or too little, oxygen, particularly in neonates where these risks include visual or developmental impairment or death. Our OAM is sold through a direct sales organization in select international markets and through distributors in other select international markets. We are no longer seeking FDA approval to market the Precision Flow version of the OAM in the United States, but will instead focus future efforts on the HVT 2.0 version of the OAM for the United States market. We are actively developing our home based device at our Technology Center in Singapore which uses our High Velocity Therapy technology. In addition, we employ field-based clinical managers who focus on medical education and training in the effective use of our products and help facilitate increased adoption and utilization. We focus on physicians, respiratory therapists and nurses who work in acute hospital settings, including the emergency departments and adult, pediatric and neonatal intensive care units. Our relationship with these clinicians is particularly important, as it enables our products to follow patients through the care continuum. As of December 31, 2023, we have sold our High Velocity Therapy systems to over 2,500 hospitals across the United States, and in over 50 countries outside of the United States. Although presently our revenues are derived principally from sales of High Velocity Therapy systems and sales of the single-use disposable vapor transfer cartridges these systems require, we also derive revenues from ancillary products and services related to our High Velocity Therapy systems.
In early 2022, there was a significant slowdown in demand for our products that was driven primarily by a decrease in patient acuity from COVID-19 infections as COVID-19 variants transitioned from a lower respiratory disease to an upper respiratory disease. Due to inherent uncertainty in predicting future revenues and certain variable costs, we announced in connection with the release of our first quarter 2022 financial results, our long-term “path to profitability” initiatives. As part of this strategy, we moved substantially all of our manufacturing operations from New Hampshire to Mexico. In the last half of 2022, we established a Technology Center in Singapore to bring most research and development projects in-house, including development of our home based device, to help reduce the cost of external design firms and access local government grant funding and took meaningful steps towards right sizing our commercial organization, including exiting our Vapotherm Access call center business and making reductions to our field teams in the United States and internationally. As a result of this strategy, our net cash used in operating activities decreased to $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, down from $80.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Concurrently, our revenues increased to $68.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 from $66.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was primarily as a result of an 8.0% increase in disposables revenue and a 15.8% increase in capital equipment revenue from recovery in customer demand post-COVID and the launch of our next generation HVT 2.0 platform, partially offset by our exit from our Vapotherm Access call center business in October 2022 and the Omicron surge that drove significant demand in the first quarter of 2022 and did not repeat itself in 2023. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we incurred a net loss of $58.2 million and $113.3 million, respectively. Actions completed during the year ended December 31, 2023 under our restructuring plans and their impacts on our consolidated financial statements are further described below and in Note 11 “Restructuring” to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
In January 2023, in coordination with the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency in the United Kingdom, we initiated a limited recall of four lots of disposable patient circuits in the United Kingdom, a quantity that is not material. Related to this issue, we proactively notified FDA of this action. Subsequent to this communication, the FDA classified related customer communications as a recall; however, this did not involve the removal of any product. Product defects or other errors resulting in recalls may occur in the future.
Despite our near-term challenges, we believe our anticipated long-term growth will be driven by the following strengths:
77
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we continued to execute on our strategy to grow existing customer accounts through education of our customers on the full capabilities of our technology to help patients through all four care areas of the hospital that we serve today, regardless of whether patients are hypoxic, hypercapnic, or otherwise suffering respiratory distress. Net revenue increased $1.9 million, or 2.8%, to $68.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $66.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. After excluding net revenue from our Vapotherm Access call center business, on an adjusted non-GAAP basis, net revenue increased $4.6 million, or 7.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 2022. Revenue from single-use disposables represented approximately 73.0% of our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 and increased 8.0% on a year over year basis. We believe our strategy will allow us to return our disposables utilization, or turn, rates to their pre-COVID-19 historical levels over time as we go deeper and wider in our largest accounts. The turn rate is the average number of disposables purchased per month per capital unit from a customer account. We continue to focus on our long-term product roadmap, under which we plan to introduce additional high growth products to our respiratory care offerings, which we expect to drive higher average selling prices as we introduce new higher-value products and services. Presently, we are pursuing several initiatives to further reduce our inventory balance and return our inventory turnover to pre-COVID-19 historical levels. We converted $9.4 million of inventory to cash during the year ended December 31, 2023.
Despite our current cost savings initiatives, we expect to continue to make investments in research and development, regulatory affairs, and clinical studies to develop future generations of our High Velocity Therapy products which historically have driven higher average selling prices of our products, support regulatory submissions, and demonstrate the clinical efficacy of our new products. While these and other actions put pressure on our margins and adversely affected our financial results during the first half of 2023, we anticipate long-term benefits of these past and anticipated future actions, including lower cost products being built in our Mexico facility to drive gross margin improvements. Because of these and other factors, we expect to continue to incur net losses for the next several years and may require additional funding, which could include equity and/or debt financings.
Based on our recurring losses and current financial forecasts, we believe our existing cash resources and borrowing capacity under our loan agreement, anticipated cash receipts from sales of our products and monetization of our existing inventory balances will not be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements during the next 12 months, which raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. To ensure adequate liquidity, we are in discussions with our lender about restructuring our debt and evaluating various external financing options, although no assurance can be provided that we will be successful in restructuring our debt or securing additional sources of funds to support our operations, or if such funds are available to us, that such additional financing will be sufficient to meet our needs or on terms acceptable to us. Any such transaction or restructuring could be dilutive to existing stockholders. This is particularly true if economic and market conditions deteriorate or if our business deteriorates. In addition, on February 21, 2024, we entered into an amendment to our loan agreement while we evaluate our debt restructuring and financing options. This amendment extends our option to pay up to 9% of interest in-kind (rather than solely in cash) for interest accruing for the period January 1, 2024 through February 29, 2024. We have paid 9% of our interest in-kind that was due on February 1, 2024 and expect to pay 9% of our interest in-kind that is payable on March 1, 2024. We believe our relationship with our lender is good. If we are unable to obtain additional financing, we would be required to curtail operations significantly, including reducing our operating expenses which, in turn, would negatively impact our sales, or even cease operations. Any debt restructuring or additional financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us and be dilutive to our stockholders. As a result, substantial doubt exists about our ability to continue as a going concern.
Components of Our Results of Operations
Net Revenue
Our net revenue consists primarily of the sale of products, leases and services.
Product Revenue
We derive our revenue primarily from the sale of our products to hospitals in the United States and select international markets and through distributors in other select international markets. Product sales consist of the following:
78
Lease Revenue
We enter into agreements to lease our capital equipment. We assess and classify these transactions as sales-type or operating leases based on whether the lease transfers ownership of the equipment to the lessee. Equipment included in arrangements which provide for the transfer of title at, or shortly after, the end of the lease term is accounted for as a sales-type lease. We record the present value of future lease payments as a component of prepaid expenses and other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets and recognize the present value of the lease payments due over the lease term as lease revenue at the inception of the lease. Equipment included in arrangements that do not transfer title are accounted for as operating leases and we recognize lease revenue on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Service and Other Revenue
Our service and other revenue includes service, component part and freight revenue, offset by service related rebates and fees payable to GPOs, IDNs and distributor partners, as well as fees associated with routine service of capital units and the sale of extended service contracts and preventative maintenance plans. In addition, we sell small quantities of component parts in the United States, United Kingdom, and to third-party international service centers who service Precision Flow capital units outside of the United States and United Kingdom. Freight revenue is based upon actual freight costs plus a percentage markup of these costs associated with the shipment of products domestically, and to a lesser extent, internationally.
Our revenue has fluctuated, and we expect it to continue to fluctuate, from year to year and quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors. Prior to COVID-19, we historically experienced seasonality in our first quarter, due to the impact of the influenza (“flu”) and respiratory syncytial virus (“RSV”) season in the Northern Hemisphere, and in our fourth quarter, which coincides with our customers’ fiscal year-end and often drives higher purchases of capital equipment as previously approved but unspent capital budgets typically expire at year-end. We expect COVID-19 to be a permanent part of the respiratory landscape similar to the flu or RSV. While COVID-19 surges are unpredictable, we believe that these surges will be aligned to changes in seasons when individuals spend more time inside. Thus, we believe that COVID-19 will most likely impact our revenue in the first and fourth quarters of the year. Our capital revenue typically fluctuates based on hospital capital equipment budgets, which have been adversely affected following the end of the COVID-19 pandemic, and may be adversely affected by the introduction of competitor products. We also expect our future revenue to be dependent upon other factors, such as continued market awareness and acceptance of our High Velocity Therapy technology, our OAM, and our digital product offerings; clinical data and outcomes using our products and services; introduction of new products; and continued international expansion. In addition, we are focusing on our sales and marketing capabilities and educational infrastructure to help us drive and support revenue growth.
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin
Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs incurred in the production process, including costs of component materials, assembly labor and overhead, warranty, provisions for slow-moving and obsolete inventory, facilities-related expenses, depreciation and freight costs for items sold. Within the overhead costs, we include personnel-related expenses, including salaries, bonuses, benefits and stock-based compensation for our procurement, quality control and operations personnel. We provide a one-year warranty on capital equipment, and we establish a reserve for warranty repairs based on historical warranty repair costs incurred. Provisions for warranty obligations, which are included in cost of revenue, are provided for at the time of shipment. Cost of revenue in absolute dollars will increase as our sales volume increases.
79
We calculate gross margin as gross profit divided by revenue. Our gross margin has been, and we expect it will continue to be, affected by a variety of factors, including manufacturing costs, the average selling prices of our products, the implementation of disposable cost-reduction initiatives, sales volume, inventory obsolescence costs, and seasonality. Sales mix also impacts our gross margins as our average selling prices in the United States are typically higher than for our international sales given our distribution model. In addition, sales of our single-use disposables carry a higher margin than that of our capital equipment sales. Because of the lack of capital equipment dollars in hospitals following the COVID-19 pandemic, we have offered increased discounts and buy-backs, which adversely affect our gross margins. Our gross margin may increase over the long-term to the extent our production volumes increase and as we launch new products and continue to experience cost savings derived from supply chain and manufacturing efficiencies.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of product development, engineering, regulatory expenses, testing, laboratory supplies, consulting services, facility costs for our Technology Center in Singapore and other costs associated with future generations of products using our High Velocity Therapy technology and companion products. These expenses include personnel-related expenses, including salaries, bonuses, benefits and stock-based compensation, for employees in our research and development, regulatory, quality assurance and innovation functions, and facilities-related expenses. These expenses are partially offset by grant reimbursements we have received, or expect to receive, in connection with a grant agreement with the Singaporean government. We expect research and development expenses to increase in the future as we develop future generations of products using our High Velocity Therapy technology and companion products. We expect research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue to vary over time depending on the level and timing of new product development initiatives.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, commissions and bonuses, travel expenses, benefits and stock-based compensation, for employees in our sales and marketing, customer service and medical education functions. Other sales and marketing expenses include consulting services, education, training, tradeshows, digital marketing, medical education, clinical studies and distribution facility costs. In the near term, we expect sales and marketing expenses to fluctuate with revenues in absolute dollars as we adapt our sales and marketing organization to both drive and support our future growth initiatives. Over time, we expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to decrease as a percentage of revenue primarily as, and to the extent, our revenue grows.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation, for employees in our finance, administration, human resources, information technology, and legal functions. Other general and administrative expenses include professional services fees, audit fees, travel expenses, insurance costs, change in estimated fair value of contingent consideration, and general corporate expenses including facilities-related expenses. We expect our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we expand globally to support our planned future growth. Over time, we expect general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue primarily as, and to the extent, our revenue grows.
Other Expense, Net
Other expense, net consists primarily of interest expense related to our credit facilities, partially offset by interest income driven by the interest accruing on cash and cash equivalents. Other expense, net also includes the loss on the extinguishment of debt and foreign currency losses arising from transactions denominated in foreign currencies.
Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes represents current foreign taxes, partially offset by deferred tax assets for differences in the book and tax basis of property and equipment. We have not recorded any federal or state income tax benefits related to domestic operating losses due to uncertainty about future taxable income.
80
Results of Operations
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Net revenue |
|
$ |
68,669 |
|
|
$ |
66,801 |
|
Cost of revenue |
|
|
40,386 |
|
|
|
49,558 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
28,283 |
|
|
|
17,243 |
|
Operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Research and development |
|
|
14,213 |
|
|
|
20,802 |
|
Sales and marketing |
|
|
32,552 |
|
|
|
46,091 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
19,260 |
|
|
|
27,796 |
|
Impairment of goodwill |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
14,701 |
|
Impairment of long-lived and intangible assets |
|
|
1,187 |
|
|
|
7,676 |
|
Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
568 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
67,363 |
|
|
|
117,634 |
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
(39,080 |
) |
|
|
(100,391 |
) |
Other expense, net |
|
|
(18,987 |
) |
|
|
(12,857 |
) |
Net loss before income taxes |
|
|
(58,067 |
) |
|
|
(113,248 |
) |
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(58,193 |
) |
|
$ |
(113,259 |
) |
Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
Net Revenue
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
|
Change |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% of Revenue |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% of Revenue |
|
|
$ |
|
|
% |
|
||||||
Product revenue: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Capital equipment |
|
$ |
10,404 |
|
|
|
15.1 |
% |
|
$ |
8,984 |
|
|
|
13.4 |
% |
|
$ |
1,420 |
|
|
|
15.8 |
% |
Disposables |
|
|
50,100 |
|
|
|
73.0 |
|
|
|
46,368 |
|
|
|
69.4 |
|
|
|
3,732 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
Subtotal product revenue |
|
|
60,504 |
|
|
|
88.1 |
|
|
|
55,352 |
|
|
|
82.8 |
|
|
|
5,152 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
Lease revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Capital equipment |
|
|
586 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
882 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
(296 |
) |
|
|
(33.6 |
) |
Other |
|
|
1,776 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
1,784 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
Service and other revenue |
|
|
5,803 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
8,783 |
|
|
|
13.2 |
|
|
|
(2,980 |
) |
|
|
(33.9 |
) |
Total net revenue |
|
$ |
68,669 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
66,801 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
1,868 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
% |
Net revenue increased $1.9 million, or 2.8%, to $68.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $66.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $3.7 million and $1.4 million in disposables and capital equipment revenues, respectively, partially offset by a decrease of $3.0 million and $0.3 million in service and other revenues and capital equipment lease revenues, respectively. Disposables revenue increased 8.0% in 2023 primarily due to an increase in the number of disposables sold in our International markets. Capital equipment revenue increased 15.8% in 2023 primarily due to higher average selling prices of our High Velocity Therapy units realized from our next generation HVT 2.0 platform, and to a lesser extent, an increase in volume of sales of capital equipment in the United States. The increases in capital equipment revenue and disposables revenue were partially offset by the effect of the Omicron surge that drove significant demand in the first quarter of 2022 and did not repeat itself in 2023. The decrease in service and other revenue during year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily the result of our exit from our Vapotherm Access call center business in October 2022. Capital equipment lease revenue decreased 33.6% in 2023 due to a decrease in rental arrangements.
81
Revenue information by geography is summarized as follows:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
|
Change |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% of Revenue |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% of Revenue |
|
|
$ |
|
|
% |
|
||||||
United States |
|
$ |
51,023 |
|
|
|
74.3 |
% |
|
$ |
52,591 |
|
|
|
78.7 |
% |
|
$ |
(1,568 |
) |
|
|
(3.0 |
)% |
International |
|
|
17,646 |
|
|
|
25.7 |
|
|
|
14,210 |
|
|
|
21.3 |
|
|
|
3,436 |
|
|
|
24.2 |
|
Total net revenue |
|
$ |
68,669 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
66,801 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
1,868 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
% |
Net revenue generated in the United States decreased $1.6 million, or 3.0%, to $51.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $52.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Net revenue generated in our International markets increased $3.4 million, or 24.2%, to $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in net revenue in the United States was primarily the result of our exit from our Vapotherm Access call center business in October 2022 and a decrease in the number of disposables sold due to the Omicron surge that drove significant demand in the first quarter of 2022 and did not repeat itself in 2023. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in volume of sales of capital equipment in the United States and higher average selling prices of our High Velocity Therapy units realized from our next generation HVT 2.0 platform. The increase in net revenue in our International markets was primarily due to increases in the number of disposables sold resulting from higher demand, partially offset by a decrease in volume of sales of capital equipment.
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin
Cost of revenue decreased $9.2 million, or 18.5%, to $40.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $49.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This decrease was primarily due to lower production costs from our facility in Mexico, lower provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, our exit from our Vapotherm Access call center business in October 2022, a decrease in stock-based compensation, and certain non-recurring charges in 2022 related to the transfer of certain activities to our contract manufacturer that did not repeat in 2023. These decreases were partially offset by increases in shipping expense of inventory to and from our facility in Mexico and depreciation expense in 2023. In addition, in the third quarter of 2023, we increased production capacity at our facility in Mexico in advance of the RSV and flu seasons in the Northern Hemisphere, which resulted in inefficiencies, such as higher scrap rates, lower first pass yields and higher freight costs which we did not experience in 2022.
Gross profit as a percent of revenue increased to 41.2% for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 25.8% for the year ended December 31, 2022. Gross profit as a percent of revenue was positively impacted by an increase in net revenue, lower provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, lower production costs from our facility in Mexico, and our exit from our Vapotherm Access call center business in October 2022. These increases were partially offset by inefficiencies at our facility in Mexico discussed above.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses decreased $6.6 million, or 31.7%, to $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses decreased to 20.7% in 2023 compared to 31.1% in 2022. The decrease in research and development expenses was primarily due to cost reductions from our path-to-profitability initiatives implemented during the second half of 2022 consisting of decreased product consulting expenses, development costs and employee-related expenses, and a grant reimbursement in 2023 not included in 2022, partially offset by increases in stock-based compensation and facility costs. The decrease in research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to lower expenses and an increase in net revenue during 2023 compared to 2022.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses decreased $13.5 million, or 29.4%, to $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $46.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses decreased to 47.4% in 2023 compared to 69.0% in 2022. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to cost reductions from our path-to-profitability initiatives implemented during the second half of 2022 consisting of decreased employee-related expenses, sales commission expenses, travel expenses, severance costs, and consulting and third party expenses. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to lower expenses and an increase in net revenue during 2023 compared to 2022.
82
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses decreased $8.5 million, or 30.7%, to $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 28.0% in 2023 compared to 41.6% in 2022. The decrease in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to cost reductions from our path-to-profitability initiatives implemented during the second half of 2022 consisting of decreased employee-related expenses, consulting and legal expenses, non-cash lease expense, and stock-based compensation, and a gain on lease modification. These decreases were partially offset by favorable changes in value of contingent consideration in 2022 that did not recur in 2023. The decrease in general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to lower expenses and an increase in net revenue during 2023 compared to 2022.
Impairment of Goodwill
We recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $14.7 million related to the write down of goodwill of the Vapotherm Access reporting unit to its estimated fair value during the year ended December 31, 2022. There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded during the year ended December 31, 2023.
Impairment of Long-Lived and Intangible Assets
Impairment of long-lived and intangible assets totaled $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The impairment charges related to the write down of operating lease right-of-use assets no longer deemed to be recoverable to their estimated fair value during the year ended December 31, 2023.
Impairment of long-lived and intangible assets totaled $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The impairment charges related to the write down of Vapotherm Access intangible assets, operating lease right-of-use assets and property and equipment no longer deemed to be recoverable, and the write down of the Domain sublease operating lease right-of-use assets and leasehold improvements no longer deemed to be recoverable, in each case to their estimated fair value during the year ended December 31, 2022.
Loss on Disposal of Property and Equipment
We recorded a loss on disposal of certain property and equipment totaling $0.2 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Other Expense, Net
Other expense, net increased $6.1 million, or 47.7%, to $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in other expense, net was primarily due to an increase in interest expense due to higher average interest rates on higher average outstanding borrowings during 2023 compared to 2022, partially offset by a loss on extinguishment of debt in 2022 that did not repeat in 2023.
Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $0.1 million and related to current foreign taxes, partially offset by deferred tax assets for differences in the book and tax basis of property and equipment. The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2022 totaled less than $0.1 million and related to deferred tax liabilities for differences in the book and tax basis of indefinite-lived assets and current foreign taxes, partially offset by a benefit for net deferred income tax assets deemed more likely than not to be realized by our foreign subsidiaries. We have not recorded any federal or state income tax benefits related to domestic operating losses due to uncertainty about future taxable income.
83
Seasonality
We typically experience seasonality in our first and fourth quarters, although this seasonality was disrupted during the COVID-19 pandemic. We typically experience higher sales in the first quarter in direct correlation with the number of patients presenting with respiratory distress due to the severity of the flu season, especially in the Northern Hemisphere, and higher sales in the fourth quarter as a result of increased sales from hospitals nearing their fiscal year-end that have not fully utilized the funds allocated to purchases of our High Velocity Therapy systems. We believe that COVID-19 has become a permanent part of the respiratory landscape similar to the flu or RSV. While there may be future COVID-19 surges, it is difficult to predict the timing and severity of a surge.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2023, we had cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of $10.8 million, working capital of $27.3 million and an accumulated deficit of $548.2 million. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from sales of our equity securities, sales of our High Velocity Therapy systems and their associated disposables and amounts borrowed under credit facilities. Since inception, we have raised a total of $393.9 million in net proceeds from sales of our equity securities.
On February 10, 2023, we issued in a private placement an aggregate of 2,187,781 shares of common stock, and in the case of certain investors, in lieu of shares of common stock, pre-funded warrants to purchase an aggregate of 550,313 shares of common stock, and, in each case, accompanying warrants to purchase an aggregate of up to 2,738,094 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $8.40 per unit for aggregate gross proceeds to us of approximately $23.0 million, before deducting fees to the placement agent and other offering expenses of $2.1 million. The warrants and pre-funded warrants have exercise prices of $9.36 and $0.008 per share and expire in five years and 30 years, respectively. The net proceeds from the offering are being used primarily for sales and marketing, working capital, and other general corporate purposes.
Based on our recurring losses and current financial forecasts, we believe our existing cash resources and borrowing capacity under our loan agreement, anticipated cash receipts from sales of our products and monetization of our existing inventory balances will not be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements during the next 12 months, which raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. To ensure adequate liquidity, we are in discussions with SLR about restructuring our debt and evaluating various external financing options, although no assurance can be provided that we will be successful in restructuring our debt or securing additional sources of funds to support our operations, or if such funds are available to us, that such additional financing will be sufficient to meet our needs or on terms acceptable to us. Any such transaction or restructuring could be dilutive to existing stockholders. In addition, on February 21, 2024, we entered into an amendment to our loan agreement while we evaluate our debt restructuring and financing options. This amendment extends our option to pay up to 9% of interest in-kind (rather than solely in cash) for interest accruing for the period January 1, 2024 through February 29, 2024, see Note 20 “Subsequent Events” to our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have paid 9% of our interest in-kind that was due on February 1, 2024 and expect to pay 9% of our interest in-kind that is payable on March 1, 2024. We believe our relationship with SLR is good. Since these restructuring and financing options are not considered probable under current accounting standards, they are not considered in the evaluation of available resources. There is inherent uncertainty associated with fundraising activity and it is not in our complete control. If we are unable to restructure our debt and/or obtain additional financing we would be required to curtail operations significantly, including reducing our operating expenses which, in turn, would negatively impact our sales, or even cease operations. Any debt restructuring or additional financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders and could result in additional dilution. As a result, substantial doubt exists about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that this Annual Report on Form 10-K is filed. See Note 1 “Description of Business” to our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
84
Cash Flows
The following table presents a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|||||
Net cash provided by (used in): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Operating activities |
|
$ |
(24,272 |
) |
|
$ |
(80,157 |
) |
Investing activities |
|
|
(2,994 |
) |
|
|
(11,610 |
) |
Financing activities |
|
|
21,038 |
|
|
|
51,324 |
|
Effect of exchange rate on cash, cash equivalents and |
|
|
215 |
|
|
|
(34 |
) |
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
|
$ |
(6,013 |
) |
|
$ |
(40,477 |
) |
Operating Activities
The net cash used in operating activities was $24.3 million in 2023 and consisted primarily of a net loss of $58.2 million, partially offset by $28.6 million in non-cash charges and a decrease of $5.3 million in net operating assets. Non-cash charges consisted primarily of stock-based compensation expense, interest paid in-kind, depreciation and amortization expense, non-cash lease expense, and impairment of long-lived assets.
The net cash used in operating activities was $80.2 million in 2022 and consisted primarily of a net loss of $113.3 million and an increase of $10.0 million in net operating assets, partially offset by $43.1 million in non-cash charges. Non-cash charges consisted primarily of impairment of goodwill, stock-based compensation expense, impairment of long-lived and intangible assets, depreciation and amortization expense, a provision for inventory valuation, and non-cash lease expense, partially offset by a favorable change in fair value of contingent consideration.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities for 2023 and 2022 consisted of purchases of property and equipment of $3.0 million and $11.6 million, respectively.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $21.0 million in 2023 and consisted primarily of net proceeds from the issuance of securities in the February 2023 private placement of $20.9 million and purchases under our employee stock purchase plan of $0.1 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $51.3 million in 2022 and consisted primarily of net proceeds under our credit facilities of $52.5 million, net proceeds under our former at-the-market offering program of $1.1 million, purchases under our employee stock purchase plan of $0.2 million and proceeds received from the exercise of stock options of $0.1 million, partially offset by payments of debt issuance costs of $1.6 million, debt extinguishment costs of $0.8 million, and contingent consideration payments of $0.1 million.
Credit Facilities
On February 18, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), we entered into the SLR Loan Agreement with SLR Investment Corp. (“SLR”) which provided for a term A loan facility of $100.0 million (the “SLR Term A Loan Facility”) and a term B loan facility of $25.0 million (the “SLR Term B Loan Facility”). The SLR Term A Loan Facility was funded to us on the Effective Date. In connection with this funding, we granted SLR warrants to purchase 13,421 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $111.76 per share, which were fully vested upon issuance, are exercisable at the option of the holder, in whole or in part, and expire in February 2032. The SLR Term B Loan Facility was available to us upon achievement of a certain minimum revenue level as more fully described in the SLR Loan Agreement. The proceeds of the SLR Term A Loan Facility were used to repay all indebtedness under our prior loan agreement with Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce Innovation Banking (“CIBC”), as described below.
85
On August 1, 2022, we entered into an Amendment No. 1 to the SLR Loan Agreement (the “First Amendment,” together with the SLR Loan Agreement, as amended, the “Amended SLR Loan Agreement”) with SLR. Pursuant to the First Amendment, we were provided with a one-month extension of our covenant-free period through August 31, 2022.
On September 30, 2022, we entered into an Amendment No. 2 to the SLR Loan Agreement (the “Second Amendment,” together with the Amended SLR Loan Agreement, as amended, the “Second Amended SLR Loan Agreement”), with SLR. Pursuant to the Second Amendment:
Concurrently with the closing of the Second Amendment, we amended and restated SLR’s warrants to purchase 13,421 shares of our common stock to reset the exercise price to $13.04 per share.
On November 22, 2022 (the “Third Amendment Effective Date”), we entered into an Amendment No. 3 to the SLR Loan Agreement (the “Third Amendment,” together with the Second Amended SLR Loan Agreement, as amended, the “Third Amended SLR Loan Agreement”) with SLR. Pursuant to the Third Amendment:
In addition, the Third Amendment provided that if we raised $15 million of net cash equity proceeds (the “Equity Raise”) prior to July 1, 2023, the 2023 minimum revenue covenant would be waived and we need only demonstrate net product revenue of at least $25 million (tested on trailing six-month basis for the period ending September 30, 2023) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2023. Upon satisfaction of the Equity Raise, our PIK Interest option would be reduced to up to 4% of the interest rate under the Third Amended SLR Loan Agreement. Concurrently with the closing of the Third Amendment, we amended and restated SLR’s warrants to purchase 13,421 shares of our common stock to reset the exercise price to $3.84 per share.
On February 10, 2023 (the “Fourth Amendment Effective Date”), we entered into an Amendment No. 4 to the SLR Loan Agreement (the “Fourth Amendment,” together with the Third Amended SLR Loan Agreement, the “Fourth Amended SLR Loan Agreement”) with SLR. The Fourth Amendment includes the option for us to pay up to 9% of the interest in-kind (rather than up to 8% as provided for prior to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date) during 2023. Under the Fourth Amendment, the PIK Interest option is reduced to 4% of the interest if we raise $25 million of net cash equity proceeds prior to July 1, 2023 and is further reduced to 0% of the interest if we raise $30 million of net cash equity proceeds prior to January 1, 2024.
Additionally, if we elect PIK Interest of 9%, the amount of warrants to be granted to SLR increases to be 5% times the amount of PIK Interest for the first 4% of the PIK Interest selected and 12.20% times on the next 5% of the amount of PIK Interest selected to provide for a weighted average of 9%, and our monthly interest expense increases by 1% for the month in which such PIK Interest is selected. The Fourth Amendment also provides for a reset of the exercise price of the warrants to be issued in connection with our election of PIK Interest, including existing PIK Warrants, equal to the lower of our closing stock price for (a) the 10-day trailing average closing price ending on the day before the interest payment date, (b) the day before the interest payment date, or (c) $9.36 per share.
86
On April 17, 2023, we entered into an Amendment No. 5 to the SLR Loan Agreement (the “Fifth Amendment,” together with the Fourth Amended SLR Loan Agreement, the “Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement”) with SLR to exclude our Singapore subsidiary operating account from the requirement of a control agreement in favor of SLR, provided the account balance is the lower of (i) $250,000 or (ii) the amount required to fund expenditures therefrom within the next ten business days. The Fifth Amendment also contains other customary provisions, such as expense reimbursement.
Pursuant to the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement, advances under the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement bear interest at a floating rate per annum equal to (a) the greater of (i) 1.00% or (ii) the one-month SOFR, plus (b) 8.30% under a PIK Interest option of 4% or 0%, or (ii) 9.30% under a PIK Interest option of 9%. At December 31, 2023, the interest rate was 14.75%. We paid interest in-kind totaling $9.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2023. The outstanding balance of the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement was $109.3 million at December 31, 2023. The Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement provides for interest-only payments for the first 48 months following the Effective Date. Thereafter, principal payments on the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement are due monthly in 12 equal installments; provided that we have the option to extend the interest-only period for an additional 12 months upon achievement of a certain minimum revenue level as more fully described in the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement. The Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement will mature on February 1, 2027 (the “Maturity Date”). The Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement may be prepaid in full, subject to a prepayment charge of (i) 2.0%, if such prepayment occurs after February 18, 2023 but on or prior to February 17, 2024, and (ii) 1.0%, if such prepayment occurs after February 18, 2024 but on or prior to the Maturity Date (the “Prepayment Penalty”). In addition to the payment of principal and accrued interest, we will be required to make a payment of 7.45% of the aggregate principal amount of the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement funded (the “Facility Exit Fee”), which is payable on the earliest to occur of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the acceleration of the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement prior to the Maturity Date, and (iii) the prepayment date of the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement prior to the Maturity Date. The Facility Exit Fee of $7.5 million is considered fully earned by SLR as of the Effective Date and is being accrued to interest expense over the term of the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement. In connection with the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement, we have incurred direct financing costs related to fees and non-cash consideration paid to SLR, and fees paid to third parties of $2.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2023. The Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement is secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets, including intellectual property.
The Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement contains customary covenants and representations, including, without limitation, a minimum revenue covenant equal to a percentage of each month’s forecasted net product revenue as defined in the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement (tested on a trailing six month basis at the end of each fiscal month, commencing with the six month period ending on August 31, 2022), the Amended Liquidity Covenant, and other financial covenants, reporting obligations, and limitations on dispositions, changes in business or ownership, mergers or acquisitions, indebtedness, encumbrances, distributions and investments, transactions with affiliates and capital expenditures. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with all financial covenants under the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement.
The events of default under the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement include, without limitation, and subject to customary grace periods, (1) our failure to make any payments of principal or interest under the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement or any other loan documents, (2) our breach or default in the performance of any covenant under the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement, (3) the occurrence of a material adverse effect or an event that is reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect, (4) the existence of an attachment or levy on a material portion of our funds or of our subsidiaries, (5) our insolvency or bankruptcy, or (6) the occurrence of certain material defaults with respect to any other of our indebtedness in excess of $500,000. If an event of default occurs, SLR is entitled to take enforcement action, including an incremental 5% interest rate increase or acceleration of amounts due under the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement (the “Mandatory Prepayment Option”). We determined the Mandatory Prepayment Option to be an embedded derivative that is required to be bifurcated from the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement. We determined the combined probability of an event of default and SLR exercising the Mandatory Prepayment Option to be remote and deemed its fair value to be immaterial as of December 31, 2023. We re-evaluate the fair value of the Mandatory Prepayment Option at the end of each reporting period.
The Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement also contains other customary provisions, such as expense reimbursement and confidentiality. SLR has indemnification rights and the right to assign the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement, subject to customary restrictions.
On February 18, 2022, we used $47.4 million of the SLR Term A Loan Facility to pay off all obligations owing under, and to terminate, our prior Loan and Security Agreement (the “CIBC Loan Agreement”) with CIBC which provided for a revolving loan facility of $12.0 million and a term loan facility of $40.0. million. As a result of the termination of the CIBC Loan Agreement, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.1 million, which included the prepayment penalty, write-off of the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs, and legal fees during the first quarter of 2022.
87
Contractual Obligations
In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts and commitments that obligate us to make payments in the future. Information regarding our obligations debt, lease and purchase arrangements are provided in the Notes 9 and 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Critical Accounting Policies and Practices
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management believes that such estimates have been based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and the resulting estimates are reasonable for use in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgements and uncertainties, the most important and pervasive accounting policies used and areas most sensitive to material changes from external factors. The critical accounting policies that we believe affect our more significant judgements and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are described in the Notes to our consolidated financial statements. We determined there were no critical accounting estimates included in our consolidated financial statements that involve a significant level of uncertainty as of December 31, 2023.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
A discussion of recent accounting pronouncements is included in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures, including non-GAAP net revenue excluding Vapotherm Access and the growth of non-GAAP net revenue excluding Vapotherm Access. These non-GAAP financial measures are presented to provide investors additional information to facilitate the comparison of our past and present operations. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors because they are used to evaluate our performance on a comparable year-over-year basis. These non-GAAP financial measures are not in accordance with, or an alternative for, GAAP measures and may be different from non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures are not based on any comprehensive or standard set of accounting rules or principles. Accordingly, the calculation of our non-GAAP financial measures may differ from the definitions of other companies using the same or similar names limiting, to some extent, the usefulness of such measures for comparison purposes. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations in that they do not reflect all of the amounts associated with our financial results as determined in accordance with GAAP. These measures should only be used to evaluate our financial results in conjunction with the corresponding GAAP measures. Accordingly, we qualify our use of non-GAAP financial information in a statement when non-GAAP financial information is presented.
The following table contains a reconciliation of net revenue to non-GAAP net revenue excluding Vapotherm Access for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the growth of such net revenue and non-GAAP net revenue excluding Vapotherm Access over the prior year period. Non-GAAP net revenue excluding Vapotherm Access and the growth of non-GAAP net revenue excluding Vapotherm Access are non-GAAP financial measures we use as supplemental measures in evaluating revenue performance. We completed our exit from our Vapotherm Access call center business in October 2022 and we believe the measures are relevant and useful to investors in understanding the change in our revenues on a comparable basis over the prior year period. We define non-GAAP net revenue excluding Vapotherm Access as net revenue less net revenue of the Vapotherm Access call center business.
88
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
Change |
|
||||||||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
% |
|
||||
(Unaudited) |
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|||||||||||||
GAAP net revenue |
|
$ |
68,669 |
|
|
$ |
66,801 |
|
|
$ |
1,868 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
% |
Vapotherm Access net revenue |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(2,758 |
) |
|
|
2,758 |
|
|
|
(100.0 |
)% |
Non-GAAP net revenue excluding Vapotherm Access |
|
$ |
68,669 |
|
|
$ |
64,043 |
|
|
$ |
4,626 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
% |
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Interest Rate Risk
Our exposure to interest rate risk arises primarily from variable interest rates applicable to borrowings under our Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement and interest rates associated with our invested cash balances. Borrowings under our Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement bear interest at a floating rate per annum equal to (a) the greater of (i) 1.00% or (ii) the one month Secured Overnight Financing Rate (the “SOFR Rate”), plus (b) (i) 8.30% under a PIK Interest option of 4% or 0%, or (ii) 9.30% under a PIK Interest option of 9%. At December 31, 2023, the interest rate was 14.75%. As of December 31, 2023, borrowings under our Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement totaled $109.3 million. Based on our outstanding borrowings and the SOFR Rate, a 100 basis point increase in the annual interest rate on our outstanding borrowings would have a $1.1 million impact on our interest expense on an annual basis.
On December 31, 2023, we had cash invested in money market deposits of $0.1 million. We believe that a 10 basis point change in interest rates is reasonably possible in the near term. Certain of our cash and cash equivalents balances are exposed to credit loss for the amounts that exceed FDIC insured limits. We place our cash and cash equivalents in what we believe to be credit-worthy financial institutions. Based on our current level of cash investments, an increase or decrease of 10 basis points in interest rates would have less than a $0.1 million impact to our interest income on an annual basis.
Foreign Currency Risk
For our non-U.S. subsidiaries that transact in a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated at current rates of exchange as of the balance sheet date. In addition, we engage in other foreign operations that transact in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our principal exchange rate risk is between the U.S. dollar, the British pound sterling and the Mexican peso, and to a lesser extent, the euro and the Singapore dollar. Adjustments resulting from the translation of the financial statements of our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ foreign operations into U.S. dollars are excluded from the determination of net loss and are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ deficit. Income and expense items are translated at the average foreign currency exchange rates for the period. Transaction gains and losses resulting from currency fluctuations related to our other foreign operations are included in the determination of our net loss. As a result, our financial condition and operating results are affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar as compared to the British pound sterling and the Mexican peso and to a lesser extent, the euro and the Singapore dollar. Revenue denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar represented approximately 8.4% and 7.3% of consolidated net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Total assets denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar represented approximately 8.3% and 5.5% of our total assets at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. There were no material assets denominated in the Mexican peso at December 31, 2023 or 2022. Given the immateriality of net revenues and assets denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, a 10% fluctuation in exchange rates would have an immaterial impact to our consolidated net revenues and consolidated total assets. We do not use foreign exchange contracts or derivatives to hedge any foreign currency exposures.
Inflation Risk
Many of the commodities used in the production and transportation of our products are purchased in the open market. The prices we pay for such items are subject to fluctuation, and we manage this risk through the use of purchase orders and pricing agreements. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we continued to experience inflationary pressures on transportation and commodities costs, which we expect to continue into 2024. A number of external factors, including adverse weather conditions, supply chain disruptions (including raw material shortages) and labor shortages, have impacted and may continue to impact transportation and commodities costs. When prices increase, we may or may not pass on such increases to our customers without suffering reduced volume, revenue, margins and operating results.
89
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially expose us to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash. We maintain our cash balances primarily with Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce Innovation Banking and Bank of America, N.A. These balances generally exceed FDIC limits. We have not experienced any losses in such accounts and believe we are not exposed to any significant credit risk in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
The financial statements required to be filed pursuant to this Item 8 are appended to this report. An index of those financial statements is found in Item 15 of Part IV of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2023. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2023, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes policies and procedures that:
90
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. We continue to review our internal control over financial reporting and may from time to time make changes aimed at enhancing their effectiveness and to ensure that our systems evolve with our business.
Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).
Based on this assessment, our senior management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.
As a non-accelerated filer and a “smaller reporting company”, as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, our independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, is not required to and did not issue an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2023 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information.
Execution of Amendment No. 6 to Loan and Security Agreement
On February 21, 2024, Vapotherm, Inc. entered into an Amendment No. 6 to Loan and Security Agreement with SLR Investment Corp., as Collateral Agent, and the lenders party thereto (the “Sixth Amendment”) while the Company evaluates its debt restructuring and financing options. The Sixth Amendment extends the Company’s option to pay up to 9% of interest in-kind (rather than solely in cash) for interest accruing for the period January 1, 2024 through February 29, 2024, subject to payment of a fee equal to 10% of the PIK Interest, and the issuance of additional warrants to the lenders equal to 9% of the PIK Interest. The Sixth Amendment also contains other customary provisions, such as expense reimbursement. The foregoing summary of the Sixth Amendment, which includes other customary terms, conditions and restrictions, does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by, the full text of the Sixth Amendment, which is filed as Exhibit 10.13 to this report and incorporated herein by reference.
Rule 10b5-1 Plan and Non-Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangement Adoptions, Terminations, and Modifications
During the three months ended December 31, 2023, none of our directors or “officers” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act)
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable.
91
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Other than the information regarding our executive officers provided in Part I of this report under the heading “Business – Information about our Executive Officers,” the information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.
During the fourth quarter of 2023, we did not make any material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the Board of Directors, as described in our definitive proxy statement for our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.
92
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules.
The following documents are included on pages F-1 through F-34 attached hereto and are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
|
Page |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. |
F-2 |
Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
F-3 |
|
F-4 |
|
F-5 |
|
F-6 |
|
F-7 |
(2) Financial Statement Schedules:
All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required or the information required is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
93
(3) Exhibits.
Exhibit Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.9* |
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
94
10.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.13* |
|
|
|
|
|
10.14*** |
|
|
|
|
|
10.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.16 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.17 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.18 |
|
|
|
|
|
95
10.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.20 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.24 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.26 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.27 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.28 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.29 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.30 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.31 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.32 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.34 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.35 |
|
|
|
|
|
96
10.36 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.38 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.39 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.40 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.41 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.43 |
|
2022 (File No. 001-38740) and incorporated herein by reference) |
|
|
|
10.44 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.46 |
|
|
|
|
|
21.1* |
|
|
|
|
|
23.1* |
|
|
|
|
|
31.1* |
|
|
|
|
|
31.2* |
|
|
|
|
|
32.1** |
|
|
|
|
|
32.2** |
|
|
|
|
|
97.1* |
|
|
|
|
|
101.INS* |
|
Inline XBRL Instance Document |
|
|
|
101.SCH* |
|
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema with Embedded Linkbases Document |
|
|
|
104* |
|
Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document) |
97
* Filed herewith
** Furnished herewith
*** Portions of this exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Not applicable.
98
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
VAPOTHERM, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: February 22, 2024 |
|
By: |
/s/ Joseph Army |
|
|
Name: |
Joseph Army |
|
|
Title: |
President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Joseph Army |
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
|
February 22, 2024 |
Joseph Army |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John Landry |
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |
|
February 22, 2024 |
John Landry |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Dorota McKay |
|
Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
February 22, 2024 |
Dorota McKay |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Anthony Arnerich |
|
Director |
|
February 22, 2024 |
Anthony Arnerich |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Lance Berry |
|
Director |
|
February 22, 2024 |
Lance Berry |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Lori Knowles |
|
Director |
|
February 22, 2024 |
Lori Knowles |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James Liken |
|
Director |
|
February 22, 2024 |
James Liken |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mary Beth Moynihan |
|
Director |
|
February 22, 2024 |
Mary Beth Moynihan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Donald Spence |
|
Director |
|
February 22, 2024 |
Donald Spence |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Elizabeth Weatherman |
|
Director |
|
February 22, 2024 |
Elizabeth Weatherman |
|
|
|
|
99
VAPOTHERM, INC.
Index to Financial Statements
|
Page |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. |
F-2 |
Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
F-3 |
|
F-4 |
|
F-5 |
|
F-6 |
|
F-7 |
at
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Vapotherm, Inc.
Opinion on the financial statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Vapotherm, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Going concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company incurred a net loss of $58.2 million and generated a cash flow deficit from operations of $24.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, and as of that date, the Company had stockholders’ deficit of $55.3 million. These conditions, along with other matters as set forth in Note 1, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical audit matters
Critical audit matters are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. We determined that there are no critical audit matters.
/s/
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.
February 22, 2024
F-2
VAPOTHERM, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Accounts receivable, net of expected credit losses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Inventories |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Operating lease right-of-use assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Restricted cash |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred income tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other long-term assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Contract liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Long-term loans payable, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
(Note 10) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Stockholders’ deficit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Preferred stock ($ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Common stock ($ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total stockholders’ deficit |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
(1)
and outstanding. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
Vapotherm, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Net revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Cost of revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Gross profit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Research and development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Sales and marketing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
General and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Impairment of goodwill |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of long-lived and intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total operating expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Loss from operations |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Other (expense) income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Interest expense |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Foreign currency loss |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Net loss before income taxes |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net loss |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Other comprehensive income (loss): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Total other comprehensive income (loss) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
Total comprehensive loss |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Net loss per share - basic and diluted |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Weighted-average number of shares used in calculating net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
and outstanding. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
VAPOTHERM, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
(In thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders' |
|
|||||||||
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Paid-in |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Equity |
|
|||||||||
|
|
Shares (1) |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Income (Loss) |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
(Deficit) |
|
||||||
Balance at December 31, 2021 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|||||
Issuance of common stock in connection with at-the-market |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
||||
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|||
Issuance of common stock for restricted stock units |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|||
Issuance of common stock under the Employee Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|||
Issuance of common stock for services |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|||
Issuance of common stock to satisfy contingent |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|||
Issuance and modification of common stock warrants |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
||
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Net loss |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|||
Issuance of common stock and pre-funded warrants |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
||||
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|||
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Issuance of common stock under the Employee Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|||
Issuance of common stock upon settlement of |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Issuance of common stock for services |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|||
Issuance of common stock warrants |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
||
Retirement of common shares upon reverse stock split |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
||
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
||
Net loss |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
(1)
and outstanding. All shares and associated amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
VAPOTHERM, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Cash flows from operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net loss |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Provision for credit losses |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Provision for inventory valuation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Non-cash lease expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Change in fair value of contingent consideration |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Impairment of goodwill |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of long-lived and intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Placed unit reserve |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Interest paid in-kind |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Amortization of discount on debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Loss from deconsolidation |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accounts receivable |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Inventories |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Accounts payable |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Contract liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Operating lease liabilities, current and long-term |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Cash flows from investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Cash flows from financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and pre-funded warrants and |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Proceeds from loans, net of discount |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of loans |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Payments of debt extinguishment costs |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Payment of debt issuance costs |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Repayments on revolving loan facility |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Payment of contingent consideration |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with at-the-market offerings, net |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of warrants |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Proceeds from exercise of stock options |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Beginning of period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
End of period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Interest paid during the period |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Property and equipment purchases in accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Issuance of common stock to satisfy contingent consideration |
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Issuance of common stock warrants in conjunction with long term debt |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Issuance of common stock for services |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units |
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
VAPOTHERM, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Vapotherm, Inc. (the “Company”) is a global medical technology company primarily focused on the care of patients of all ages suffering from respiratory distress, whether associated with complex lung diseases such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (“COPD”), congestive heart failure, pneumonia, asthma and COVID-19 or other systemic conditions. The Company’s mission is to improve the lives of patients suffering from complex lung disease and other forms of respiratory distress while reducing the cost of their care through integrated device and digital solutions. The Company’s device solutions are focused on High Velocity Nasal Insufflation (“HVNI”, or “High Velocity Therapy”), which delivers non-invasive ventilatory support to patients by providing heated, humidified, oxygenated air at high velocities through a small-bore nasal interface, and on closed loop control systems such as the Oxygen Assist Module (“OAM”), designed to automatically maintain a patient’s pulse oxygen saturation (“SpO2”) levels within a specified range for a defined period of time. The Company’s digital solutions are focused on remote patient monitoring, using proprietary algorithms to predict impending respiratory episodes before they occur and coordinate timely intervention, obviating the need for costly hospital admissions and minimizing patient distress. Although the Company exited the Vapotherm Access call center business, the underlying technology is being incorporated in the Company’s home based device it has been actively developing at its Technology Center in Singapore. While these device and digital solutions function independently, the Company believes leveraging the two together can create a unique healthcare ecosystem, focused on delivering high quality, efficient respiratory care in a variety of settings.
High Velocity Therapy is an advanced form of high flow therapy that is differentiated due to its ability to deliver breathing gases, including oxygen, at a high velocity, for the treatment of spontaneously breathing patients suffering from respiratory distress, including Type 1 hypoxic respiratory distress, like that experienced by patients with pneumonia or COVID-19, or Type 2 hypercapnic respiratory distress, like that experienced by patients with COPD. The Company’s HVT 2.0 and Precision Flow systems (together, “High Velocity Therapy systems”), which use High Velocity Therapy technology, are clinically validated alternatives to, and address many limitations of, the current standard of care for the treatment of respiratory distress in a hospital setting. The Company’s next generation High Velocity Therapy system, known as HVT 2.0, received initial 510k clearance from the FDA in 2021, transitioned to full market release in August 2022, and received clearance for expanded respiratory distress indications in December 2022.
The Company sells its High Velocity Therapy systems to hospitals through a direct sales organization in the United States and select international markets and through distributors in other select international markets. In late 2020, the Company launched its OAM in select international markets, which can be used with most versions of the Company’s Precision Flow system and OAM capability has been built into the HVT 2.0 for future use. The OAM helps clinicians maintain a patient’s SpO2 within a target SpO2 range over a greater period of time while requiring significantly fewer manual adjustments to the equipment. Maintenance of the prescribed oxygen saturation range may reduce the health risks associated with dosing too much, or too little, oxygen, particularly in neonates. In neonates, these risks include visual or developmental impairment or death. The OAM is sold through a direct sales organization in select international markets and through distributors in select international markets. The Company is no longer seeking FDA approval to market the Precision Flow version of the OAM in the United States, but will instead focus future efforts on the HVT 2.0 version of the OAM for the United States market. In addition, the Company employs field-based clinical managers who focus on medical education and training in the effective use of its products and help facilitate increased adoption and utilization. The Company focuses on physicians, respiratory therapists and nurses who work in acute hospital settings, including emergency departments and adult, pediatric and neonatal intensive care units. The Company’s relationship with these clinicians is particularly important, as it enables the Company’s products to follow patients through the care continuum.
In the fourth quarter of 2022, in conjunction with the Company’s path to profitability and annual operating planning efforts, the Company completed its exit of the Vapotherm Access call center business, which included Vapotherm Access, formerly “HGE Healthcare Solutions, LLC” or “HGE,” and Pulmonary Care Innovations, PLLC d/b/a RespirCare (“RespirCare”). Effective October 31, 2022, the Company terminated its master service agreement with RespirCare, which resulted in the deconsolidation of RespirCare from the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Note 11).
F-7
Going Concern
The Company has evaluated whether or not its cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash on hand and working capital would be sufficient to sustain forecasted operating activities through February 22, 2025 (“evaluation period”), as required by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 205-40, Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of $
Based on its recurring losses and current financial forecasts, the Company believes its existing cash resources and borrowing capacity under its loan agreement, anticipated cash receipts from sales of its products and monetization of its existing inventory balances will not be sufficient to meet its anticipated cash requirements during the evaluation period, which raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. To ensure adequate liquidity, the Company is in discussions with SLR about restructuring its debt and evaluating various external financing options, although no assurance can be provided that the Company will be successful in restructuring its debt or securing additional sources of funds to support its operations, or if such funds are available to the Company, that such additional financing will be sufficient to meet the Company’s needs or on terms acceptable to the Company. This is particularly true if economic and market conditions deteriorate or if the Company’s business deteriorates. Any such transaction or restructuring could be dilutive to existing stockholders. In addition, on February 21, 2024, the Company entered into an Amendment No. 6 (the “Sixth Amendment”) to the SLR Loan Agreement while the Company evaluates its debt restructuring and financing options. This amendment extends the Company’s option to pay up to
The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties described above. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis that assumes the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.
2. Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
Principles of Consolidation
These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, which includes its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. As of October 31, 2022, RespirCare was deconsolidated from these consolidated financial statements (see Note 11).
F-8
Segment Information
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate discrete financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company globally manages the business within
As of December 31, 2023, the majority of the Company’s long-term assets are located in the United States. Long-term assets located outside the United States totaled $
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant estimates relied upon in preparing these consolidated financial statements include calculation of stock-based compensation, valuation of warrants, realizability of inventories, allowance for credit losses, accrued expenses, the valuation allowances against deferred income tax assets, and assessments of impairment with respect to long-lived and intangible assets, including goodwill. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Financial Instruments and Concentrations of Credit Risk
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company’s financial instruments included cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt, the carrying amounts of which approximated fair value due to their short-term nature or market interest rates. All of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained at creditworthy financial institutions. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, deposits exceed the amount of any insurance provided and are exposed to credit loss.
The Company extends credit to customers in the normal course of business but typically does not require collateral or any other security to support amounts due. Management performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers. The Company recognizes an allowance for credit losses equal to its current estimate of all contractual cash flows that the Company does not expect to collect. The Company’s estimate considers relevant information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Provisions for the allowance for credit losses are recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
Supplier Risk
The Company obtains some of the components and subassemblies included in its High Velocity Therapy systems and its OAM from single source suppliers. The partial or complete loss of one or more of these suppliers could cause significant production delays, an inability to meet customer demand and a substantial loss in revenue.
F-9
Foreign Currency and Foreign Operations
The functional currency of the Company is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates, which is the U.S. dollar. For the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries that transact in a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated at current rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average foreign currency exchange rates for the period. Adjustments resulting from the translation of the financial statements of its foreign operations into U.S. dollars are excluded from the determination of net loss and are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ deficit.
Realized foreign currency gains or losses arising from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded in other (expense) income in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Unrealized foreign currency gains or losses arising from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash
The Company considers all highly liquid temporary investments purchased with original maturities of
The following table presents the components of total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash as set forth in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows:
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Restricted cash |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Inventories
Inventories consist of finished goods and component parts and are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, determined by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates the carrying costs of raw materials, finished goods and component part items. To the extent that such costs exceed future demand estimates, exhibit historical turnover at rates less than current inventory levels, or exceed estimated selling prices less costs to sell, the Company reduces the carrying value of inventories to its net realizable value. The Company only capitalizes pre-launch inventories when purchased for commercial sale and it deems regulatory approval to be probable.
Offering Costs
The Company incurs offering costs consisting of legal, accounting, placement agent fees and other costs directly attributable to the Company’s offerings of equity securities and defers such costs until the closing of the offerings. Upon closing of the offerings, such costs are netted against the proceeds received. Offering costs totaled $
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is recognized over the estimated useful lives of the related assets on a straight-line basis, except for tooling for which depreciation is recognized utilizing the units-of-production method. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements and is included in depreciation expense. Demonstration equipment represents internally manufactured capital equipment that is used at trade shows and at customer locations to demonstrate the Precision Flow system. Depreciation expense on demonstration equipment is recorded in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Placement and evaluation systems represent capital equipment placed at
F-10
customer locations under placement or evaluation agreements for which depreciation expense is included in cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
When impairment indicators are present, the Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets. If the assessment indicates an impairment, the affected assets are written down to fair value (see Note 11).
Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Expenditures that increase the value or productive capacity of assets are capitalized. When property and equipment are retired, sold, or otherwise disposed of, the asset’s carrying amount and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in operating expenses.
The lives used in computing straight-line depreciation are as follows:
|
|
Number of Years |
Equipment |
|
|
Furniture |
|
|
Manufacturing equipment |
|
|
Software |
|
|
Demonstration, placements and |
|
|
|
Lesser of life of lease or |
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are related to customer relationships, developed technology, customer agreements, trademarks and trade names and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. Amortization is recorded within sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for customer-related intangible assets while amortization of other intangible assets is included within general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Intangible assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate an asset may be impaired (see Note 7). The Company’s intangible assets had
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible net assets when accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but reviewed for impairment. Goodwill is reviewed annually, as of October 1, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the goodwill may not be recoverable.
The Company compares the fair value of its reporting units to their carrying values. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, the Company would record an impairment loss equal to the difference (see Note 7).
Leases
The Company’s operating leases primarily consist of real estate leases for office, manufacturing, research and development, and warehouse space, as well as certain vehicle and equipment leases. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), Leases (“ASC 842”) requires lessees to recognize leases on the balance sheet as a lease liability with a corresponding right-of-use asset, subject to certain permitted accounting policy elections. Under ASC 842, the Company determines whether a contract is or contains a lease at the inception of the contract. This determination is based on whether the contract provides the Company the right to control the use of a physically distinct asset and substantially all of the capacity of an asset. Leases with an initial noncancelable term of twelve months or less that do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise are classified as short-term leases. The Company has elected as an accounting policy to exclude from the consolidated balance sheets the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities related to short-term leases. The Company recognizes rent expense for its operating leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
Certain of the Company’s leases include options to extend or terminate the lease at its sole discretion. The Company does not consider in the measurement of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities an option to extend or terminate a lease if the Company is not reasonably certain to exercise the option. Certain of the Company’s leases include covenants that oblige the
F-11
Company, at its sole expense, to repair and maintain the leased asset periodically during the lease term. The Company is not a party to any leases that contain residual value guarantees.
Many of the Company’s leases include fixed and variable payments. Among other charges, variable payments related to real estate leases include real estate taxes, insurance, operating expenses, and common area maintenance, which are usually billed at actual amounts incurred proportionate to the Company’s rented square feet of the building. Variable payments related to vehicle and equipment leases relate to usage of the underlying asset, sales and use tax, and value-added tax. Variable payments that do not depend on an index or rate are expensed as incurred and are not included in the measurement of the lease liability.
In accordance with the guidance in ASC 842, components of a lease should be split into three categories: lease components (e.g. buildings, vehicles, etc.), non-lease components (e.g. common area maintenance, consumables, etc.), and non-components (e.g. property taxes, insurance, etc.). The fixed and in-substance fixed contract consideration (including any related to non-components) must be allocated to the lease components and non-lease components based on their relative fair values. The Company elected the accounting policy to not separate lease and non-lease components for its real estate, vehicle, and equipment leases. Therefore, each lease component and the related non-lease components and non-components are accounted for together as a single component.
The Company measures its lease liability for each leased asset as the present value of lease payments, as defined in ASC 842, discounted using a discount rate specific to the terms of the underlying lease. The Company’s right-of-use assets are equal to the related lease liabilities, adjusted for lease incentives received including tenant improvement allowances, initial direct costs incurred related to the lease, and payments made to the lessor prior to the lease commencement date. The interest rate implicit in lease contracts is typically not readily determinable. As a result, the Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate for each leased asset based on the interest rate the Company would incur to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments on a collateralized basis over a similar term in a similar economic environment.
When impairment indicators are present, the Company evaluates the recoverability of its right-of-use assets. If the assessment indicates an impairment, the affected assets are written down to fair value (see Note 11).
Product Warranty
The Company provides its customers with a standard
Balance at December 31, 2021 |
|
$ |
|
|
Provisions for warranty obligations |
|
|
|
|
Settlements |
|
|
( |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
Provisions for warranty obligations |
|
|
|
|
Settlements |
|
|
( |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
|
$ |
|
Deferred Financing Costs
Direct financing costs are deferred and amortized as a component of interest expense, over the term of the related debt. The balance of unamortized deferred financing costs related to Company’s term loan is presented as a reduction of the related borrowing arrangement liability and totaled $
Insurance
The Company is self-insured for certain obligations related to health insurance. The Company also purchases stop-loss insurance to protect itself from material losses. Judgments and estimates are used in determining the potential value associated with reported claims and for events that have occurred but have not been reported. The Company’s estimates consider expected claim experience and other factors. Receivables for insurance recoveries are recorded as assets, on an undiscounted basis. The Company’s liabilities are based on estimates, and, while the Company believes that its accruals are
F-12
adequate, the ultimate liability may be significantly different from the amounts recorded. Changes in claims experience, the Company’s ability to settle claims or other estimates and judgments used by management could have a material impact on the amount and timing of expense for any period.
Revenue Recognition
The Company’s revenue is primarily derived from the sale of products, leases and services. Product revenue consists of capital equipment and single-use disposables that are shipped and billed to customers both domestically and internationally. The Company’s main capital equipment products are the High Velocity Therapy systems. The Company’s main disposable products are single-use disposables and nasal interfaces, or cannulas, and adaptors. Lease revenue consists of two components which include capital equipment that the Company leases to its customers and, in certain situations, an allocation from disposable revenue to other lease revenue upon the sale of disposable products in bundled arrangements involving the placement of the High Velocity Therapy capital units for use by the customer at no upfront charge in connection with the customer’s ongoing purchase of disposable products. Service revenue consists of fees associated with routine service of capital units and the sale of extended service contracts and preventative maintenance plans, which are purchased by a small portion of the Company’s customer base. In addition, the Company sells small quantities of component parts in the United States, United Kingdom, and to third-party international service centers who provide service on the High Velocity Therapy capital units outside of the United States and United Kingdom. Freight revenue is based upon actual freight costs plus a percentage markup of such costs associated with the shipment of products domestically, and to a lesser extent, internationally, and is included in service revenue. Rebates and fees consist of contractually obligated administrative fees and percentage-of-sales rebates paid to Group Purchasing Organizations (“GPOs”), Integrated Delivery Networks (“IDNs”) and distributor partners and are accounted for as a reduction to the corresponding revenue category. During the year ended December 31, 2022, service revenue also included $
Under the Financial Accounting Standard Board’s (“FASB”) ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of ASC 606, the Company performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct and determines those that are performance obligations. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. Sales, value-added, and other taxes collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from revenue. The Company’s standard payment terms are generally
Contracts with customers may contain multiple performance obligations. For such arrangements, the transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation based on the estimated relative stand-alone selling prices of the promised products or services underlying each performance obligation. The Company determines stand-alone selling prices based on the price at which the performance obligation is sold separately. If the stand-alone selling price is not observable through past transactions, the Company estimates the stand-alone selling price taking into account available information such as market conditions and internally approved pricing guidelines related to the performance obligations. Revenue is generally recognized when the customer obtains control of the Company’s product, which generally occurs at a point in time upon shipment based on the contractual shipping terms of a contract.
Product and service revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring products or services to a customer. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing the expected value amount method to which the Company expects to be entitled. As such, revenue on sales is recorded net of prompt pay discounts and payments made to GPOs, IDNs and distributors. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price is based largely on an assessment of the Company’s anticipated performance and all information (historical, current and forecasted) that is reasonably available. The Company believes that the estimates it has established are reasonable based upon current facts and circumstances. Applying different judgments to the same facts and circumstances could result in different estimates.
F-13
The Company’s contracts with its customers generally have a duration of less than one year. Therefore, the Company has elected to apply a practical expedient and recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense. These costs are included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.
Lease Revenue
The Company also enters into agreements to lease its capital equipment. For such sales, the Company accounts for revenue under ASC 842 and assesses and classifies these transactions as sales-type or operating leases based on whether the lease transfers ownership of the equipment to the lessee by the end of the lease term. This criterion is met in situations in which the lease agreement provides for the transfer of title at or shortly after the end of the lease term. Equipment included in arrangements including transfer of title are accounted for as sales-type leases and the Company recognizes the present value of the lease payments due over the lease term as revenue at the inception of the lease. The Company records the present value of future lease payments in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets; these amounts totaled $
The Company also enters into agreements involving the placement of its High Velocity Therapy capital units for use by the customer at no upfront charge in connection with the customer’s ongoing purchase of disposable products. In these bundled arrangements, revenue recognized for the sale of the disposables is allocated between disposable revenue and other lease revenue based on the estimated relative stand-alone selling prices of the individual performance obligations.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling are included in service revenue. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenue. Shipping and handling activities are accounted for as activities to fulfill a contract and are accrued when the customer obtains control of the Company’s product. The total costs of shipping and handling was $
Sales and Value-Added Taxes
When required by local jurisdictions, the Company bills its customers for sales tax and value-added tax calculated on each sales invoice and records a liability for the sales and value-added tax payable, which is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Sales tax and value-added tax billed to a customer are not included in the Company’s revenue.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs are expensed when incurred and are related primarily to product design, prototype development and testing, the investigation of possible follow-on product enhancements and new product releases, and investigation of complementary technologies potentially available to enhance the Company’s offerings in the marketplace. The Company has a grant agreement with the Singaporean government and receives reimbursements for qualified expenses. The grant reimbursements are recognized as a reduction in research and development expenses in the period in which the expenses are incurred. There was
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company maintains an equity incentive plan to provide long-term incentives for employees, consultants, and members of the board of directors. The plan allows for the issuance of non-statutory and incentive stock options, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, stock units, including restricted stock units and performance stock units, and stock appreciation rights to employees, consultants and non-employee directors. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for
F-14
awards of equity instruments to employees and non-employees based on the grant date fair value of those awards in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires all equity-based compensation awards, including grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance stock units and stock options, to be recognized as expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss based on their grant date fair values.
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units is measured at the market value of the related shares of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the vesting period and is generally to
The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for shares of its common stock issued pursuant to the Vapotherm, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) on a straight-line basis over the related offering period. The Company estimates the fair value of shares to be issued under the ESPP based on a combination of options valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected life is determined based on the contractual term. Dividend yield, risk-free interest rate, forfeiture rates, and expected volatility are estimated in a manner similar to option grants described above.
Net Loss per Share
Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, including potential dilutive shares of common stock. For purpose of this calculation, outstanding options, unvested restricted stock units, unvested performance stock units, unissued employee stock purchase plan shares, and warrants are considered potential dilutive shares of common stock.
Income Tax
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements or in the Company’s tax returns. Deferred taxes are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision for income taxes. The Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent it believes, based upon the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established through a charge to income tax expense. Potential for recovery of deferred tax assets is evaluated by estimating the future taxable profits expected and considering prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.
The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the consolidated financial statements by applying a two-step process to determine the amount of tax benefit to be recognized. First, the tax position must be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is deemed more likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the consolidated financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any resulting tax reserves, or unrecognized tax benefits, that are considered appropriate as well as the related net interest and penalties.
F-15
In recent years, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) and member countries have been focused on taxation issues relating to multi-national companies. In October 2021, more than 130 countries agreed to implement Pillar 2, a plan introduced by the OECD providing for a global minimum tax rate of 15% (calculated on a country-by-country basis) for those companies having consolidated revenue of at least €750 million; with any shortfall of the 15% minimum tax resulting in a related tax assessment (“Top-Up Tax”). The implementation of the Pillar 2 global minimum tax rules is intended to apply for tax years beginning in 2024. The main purpose of such rules is to minimize tax base erosion and profit shifting from higher tax jurisdictions to lower tax jurisdictions by multi-national companies. On February 2, 2023, the OECD issued various administrative guidance including transitional safe harbor rules available in conjunction with the implementation of the Pillar 2 global minimum tax. Based upon the current OECD rules and administrative guidance, the Company does not anticipate being subject to material Top-Up Taxes as various tax jurisdictions begin enacting such legislation. The Company is continuing to monitor the potential impact of the Pillar 2 proposals and developments on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures, including eligibility for any transitional safe harbor rules.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
Credit Losses (Topic 326):
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. , Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). Subsequent to the issuance of ASU 2016-13, the FASB clarified the guidance through several accounting standards updates (“ASUs”). The collective new guidance (ASC 326) generally requires that credit losses be reported using an expected losses model rather than the incurred losses model that is currently used and establishes additional disclosures related to credit risks. The Company
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Improvements to Reportable Segment disclosures (Topic 280):
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280) - Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses and segment-related data. For public companies, the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
Improvements to Income Tax Disclosure (Topic 740):
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Tax (Topic 740) - Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures which requires companies to break out their income tax expense, income tax rate reconciliation and income tax payments made in more detail. For public companies, the requirements will become effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
3. Fair Value Measurements
In accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, the Company generally defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which classifies the inputs used in measuring fair values. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements), and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
F-16
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had two items, cash equivalents and an embedded derivative, measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company’s cash equivalents primarily consist of money market deposits which totaled approximately $
The Company’s contingent consideration, which had no remaining value at December 31, 2023 or 2022, relates to the 2020 acquisition of HGE and is valued based on Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
The following table summarizes changes to the contingent consideration payable, a recurring Level 3 measurement:
Balance at December 31, 2021 |
|
$ |
|
|
Change in fair value of contingent consideration |
|
|
( |
) |
Payments |
|
|
( |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
|
$ |
- |
|
The change in fair value of contingent consideration was a reduction of $
Payments of contingent consideration included $
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company granted SLR warrants to purchase
During the first quarter of 2022, the Company granted its lender warrants to purchase
The fair value of the warrants are estimated on the date of grant and modification dates using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following range of assumptions:
|
|
2023 |
|
2022 |
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
||
Risk free interest rate |
|
|
||
Expected stock price volatility |
|
|
||
Expected term (years) |
|
|
F-17
4. Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consists of the following:
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
United States |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
International |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total accounts receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Less: Allowance for expected credit losses |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Accounts receivable, net of expected credit losses |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
A roll-forward of the Company’s allowance for credit losses from 2022 to 2023 is as follows:
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
|
$ |
|
|
Change in provision for credit losses |
|
|
( |
) |
Write-offs of uncollectible balances |
|
|
( |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
|
$ |
|
5. Inventories
Inventory balances, net of reserves, consist of the following:
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Raw materials |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Finished goods |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Component parts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total inventories |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The Company recorded a provision for excess and obsolete inventory of $
6. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. A summary of the components of property and equipment is as follows:
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Equipment |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Furniture |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Manufacturing equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Software |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Demonstration, placement and evaluation units |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Construction in process |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Depreciation of property and equipment was $
F-18
7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and intangible assets during 2023 and 2022 are as follows:
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
Intangible |
|
||
Balance at December 31, 2021 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Amortization |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Foreign currency exchange rate changes |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Foreign currency exchange rate changes |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
The following table presents a summary of acquired intangible assets:
|
|
As of December 31, 2023 |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Gross |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Total |
|
||||
Customer relationships |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
- |
|
|
Developed technology |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
Trade name/marks |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
Customer agreements |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
- |
|
The following table presents a summary of goodwill by reporting unit:
|
|
As of December 31, 2023 |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Gross |
|
|
Accumulated Impairment Charges |
|
|
Accumulated Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Changes |
|
|
Total |
|
||||
Vapotherm |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
Vapotherm UK |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
||
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
During the second quarter of 2022, a substantial decline in the Company’s stock price and other factors, including leadership changes in the Vapotherm Access reporting unit, represented indicators of long-lived asset impairment for the Vapotherm Access asset group, which triggered an interim impairment assessment. The Company determined that the carrying value of Vapotherm Access intangible assets was not recoverable based on the excess of the carrying value of the asset group over the undiscounted future cash flows. The decrease in the undiscounted future cash flows from the asset group was primarily attributable to a significant decrease in future forecasted revenues, which reflected the notification of non-renewal of certain HGE customer relationships during the second quarter of 2022, as well as uncertainty related to the Company’s ability to scale the Vapotherm Access call center business given slower than expected patient enrollment. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $
The factors listed above, along with the long-lived asset impairment, also represented indicators of goodwill impairment which triggered an interim impairment assessment during the second quarter of 2022. Based on the results of the optional qualitative assessment, the Company determined that there were no indicators of impairment for the Vapotherm UK reporting unit, but the fair value of the Vapotherm Access reporting unit was more likely than not less than its carrying value. There is
F-19
To perform the quantitative assessment for the Vapotherm Access reporting unit, the Company determined the fair value using the income approach. The Company utilized a discounted cash flow analysis, which involves estimating the expected after-tax cash flows that will be generated by the reporting unit and then discounting those cash flows to present value, reflecting the relevant risks associated with the reporting unit and the time value of money. This approach requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including forecasted revenue growth rates, forecasted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization margins, and discount rates. The Company’s forecasts are based on historical experience, expected market demand, and other industry information. The Company determined that the carrying value of the Vapotherm Access reporting unit exceeded the fair value, with the decrease in the fair value being primarily attributable to a significant decrease in future forecasted revenues, as discussed above. As a result, during the second quarter of 2022, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $
The Company recognized $
8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Accrued bonuses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued interest |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued payroll and employee-related costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued professional fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued inventories |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued commissions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued vacation liability |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued rent and restoration costs |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Accrued supplier costs |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Product warranty reserve |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued freight |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued termination benefits |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Other long-term liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Accrued term loan fees |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total other long-term liabilities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
9. Debt
Current Credit Facilities
On February 18, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), the Company entered into the SLR Loan Agreement with SLR Investment Corp. (“SLR”) which provided for a term A loan facility of $
F-20
exercisable at the option of the holder, in whole or in part, and expire in February 2032. The SLR Term B Loan Facility was available to the Company upon achievement of a certain minimum revenue level as more fully described in the SLR Loan Agreement. The proceeds of the SLR Term A Loan Facility were used to repay all indebtedness under the Company’s prior loan agreement with CIBC, as described below.
On August 1, 2022, the Company entered into an Amendment No. 1 to the SLR Loan Agreement (the “First Amendment,” together with the SLR Loan Agreement, as amended, the “Amended SLR Loan Agreement”) with SLR. Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Company was provided with a one-month extension of its covenant-free period through August 31, 2022.
On September 30, 2022, the Company entered into an Amendment No. 2 to the SLR Loan Agreement (the “Second Amendment,” together with the Amended SLR Loan Agreement, as amended, the “Second Amended SLR Loan Agreement”), with SLR. Pursuant to the Second Amendment:
Concurrently with the closing of the Second Amendment, the Company amended and restated SLR’s warrants to purchase
On November 22, 2022 (the “Third Amendment Effective Date”), the Company entered into an Amendment No. 3 to the SLR Loan Agreement (the “Third Amendment,” together with the Second Amended SLR Loan Agreement, as amended, the “Third Amended SLR Loan Agreement”) with SLR. Pursuant to the Third Amendment:
In addition, the Third Amendment provided that if the Company raised $
On February 10, 2023 (the “Fourth Amendment Effective Date”), the Company entered into an Amendment No. 4 to the SLR Loan Agreement (the “Fourth Amendment,” together with the Third Amended SLR Loan Agreement, the “Fourth Amended SLR Loan Agreement”) with SLR. The Fourth Amendment includes the option for the Company to pay up to
Additionally, if the Company elects PIK Interest of
F-21
exercise price of the warrants to be issued in connection with the Company’s election of PIK Interest, including existing PIK Warrants, equal to the lower of the Company’s closing stock price for (a) the 10-day trailing average closing price ending on the day before the interest payment date, (b) the day before the interest payment date, or (c) $
On April 17, 2023, the Company entered into an Amendment No. 5 to the SLR Loan Agreement (the “Fifth Amendment,” together with the Fourth Amended SLR Loan Agreement, the “Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement”) with SLR to exclude the Company’s Singapore subsidiary operating account from the requirement of a control agreement in favor of SLR, provided the account balance is the lower of (i) $
Pursuant to the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement, advances under the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement bear interest at a floating rate per annum equal to (a) the greater of (i)
The Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement contains customary covenants and representations, including, without limitation, a minimum revenue covenant equal to a percentage of each month’s forecasted net product revenue as defined in the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement (tested on a trailing six month basis at the end of each fiscal month, commencing with the six month period ending on August 31, 2022), the Amended Liquidity Covenant, and other financial covenants, reporting obligations, and limitations on dispositions, changes in business or ownership, mergers or acquisitions, indebtedness, encumbrances, distributions and investments, transactions with affiliates and capital expenditures. As of December 31, 2023, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement.
The Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement also contains other customary provisions, such as expense reimbursement and confidentiality. SLR has indemnification rights and the right to assign the Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement, subject to customary restrictions.
F-22
The annual principal maturities of the Company’s Fifth Amended SLR Loan Agreement as of December 31, 2023 are as follows:
|
|
Total Due |
|
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
2024 |
|
$ |
|
|
2025 |
|
|
|
|
2026 |
|
|
|
|
2027 |
|
|
|
|
Less: Unamortized deferred financing costs |
|
|
( |
) |
Long-term loans payable |
|
$ |
|
Prior Credit Facilities
On February 18, 2022, the Company used $
Lease Commitments
The Company’s lease commitments consist primarily of real estate property for manufacturing, office, warehousing, and development spaces under various non-cancellable operating leases that expire between
In December 2023, HGE and its landlord entered into an agreement to reduce its rent to be equal to
The following table presents operating lease cost and information related to operating right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Operating lease cost |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Variable lease cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Operating cash flow impacts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of lease |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Operating right of use assets obtained in exchange for new |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Weighted average discount rate - operating leases |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
F-23
As of December 31, 2023, future maturities of lease liabilities under the Company’s noncancelable operating leases are as follows:
|
|
Total Due |
|
|
Years Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
2024 |
|
$ |
|
|
2025 |
|
|
|
|
2026 |
|
|
|
|
2027 |
|
|
|
|
2028 |
|
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
Total payments |
|
|
|
|
Less interest |
|
|
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
Legal Matters
From time to time, the Company may become involved in various legal proceedings, including those that may arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes there is no litigation pending that could have, individually, or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the results of its operations or financial condition.
Guarantees
During the second quarter of 2022, in connection with the Company’s plan to move substantially all of its manufacturing operations from New Hampshire to Mexico, the Company entered into an agreement with TACNA Services, Inc. (“TACNA”) under which TACNA manages the Company’s manufacturing operations in Mexico. In furtherance thereof, Baja Fur, S.A. de C.V. (the “Lessee”), a subsidiary of TACNA, entered into a lease agreement (the “Lease”) with Fraccionadora Residencial Hacienda Agua Caliente, S. de R.L. de C.V. (the “Lessor”), whereby the Lessee agreed to lease property in Tijuana, México to be used as the Company’s manufacturing facility in Mexico. Under Mexican law, the Lease became a legally binding agreement on July 8, 2022. As an inducement to the Lessee and Lessor to enter into the Lease, the Company entered into an absolute unconditional corporate guaranty agreement (the “Guaranty Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to guaranty the prompt and complete payment and performance when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations, liabilities and covenants of the Lessee to the Lessor pursuant to the Lease, including all amounts due under the Lease. The Guaranty Agreement will terminate once all obligations of the Lessee arising under the Lease have been satisfied in full and the Lease has been terminated or fully performed. The total obligation outstanding under the Guaranty Agreement was $
Other Commitments
As of December 31, 2023, the Company has non-cancellable purchase commitments for inventories, capital equipment and services as follows:
|
|
Total Due |
|
|
2024 |
|
$ |
|
|
2025 |
|
|
|
|
2026 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
11. Restructuring
On
F-24
impairments of right-of-use assets, as further discussed below, and termination benefits including severance, benefits and other payroll-related charges. The termination benefits are classified in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss in the manner in which the employees’ salaries and related costs were classified. The Company does not expect to incur additional costs associated with the April 2022 Restructuring.
In connection with the April 2022 Restructuring and the relocation of manufacturing operations to Mexico, in December 2022, the Company vacated most of its leased space in its Exeter, New Hampshire facility and is in the process of marketing the designated space (“Domain Sublease”) for a sublease or subleases through the remaining term of the operating lease. The Company has not yet secured a sublease tenant or tenants, which triggered interim impairment assessments during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. The Company re-evaluated its sublease assumptions and timeline based on current market conditions and determined the carrying value of the asset group, in each case, was not recoverable based on the excess of the carrying value of the asset group over the undiscounted future cash flows. The decrease in the undiscounted future cash flows from the asset group was due to the Company vacating the Domain Sublease space and loss of prospective tenants that are no longer interested in subleasing the Company’s leased space. As a result, the Company recognized impairment charges of $
In late August 2022, in conjunction with the Company’s path to profitability and annual operating planning efforts, the Company committed to a plan (the “August 2022 Restructuring”) to exit the Vapotherm Access call center business, including its pulmonology practice, RespirCare, and to restructure its commercial organization in the United States. On August 29, 2022, PCI provided RespirCare with a six-month without cause contract termination notice of its Master Service Agreement (“MSA”) with the clinic. The termination notice was subsequently amended and the MSA terminated effective October 31, 2022, resulting in the deconsolidation of RespirCare from these consolidated financial statements. The difference between the fair value of the consideration received and the carrying value of the assets and liabilities that were deconsolidated resulted in an immaterial loss from deconsolidation which is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. The pretax loss of the Vapotherm Access reporting unit was $
As a result of the August 2022 Restructuring, the Company eliminated positions related to patient care, marketing and administrative services at Vapotherm Access and RespirCare and executed a reduction in force of the Company’s United States field teams. As part of the August 2022 Restructuring, the Company also incurred severance related expenses due to personnel transitions. As a result, the Company incurred total restructuring expenses of approximately $
The decision to cease future commercial investments in the Vapotherm Access call center business triggered an interim impairment assessment of the Vapotherm Access and RespirCare asset groups. The Company determined the carrying values of the asset groups were not recoverable based on the excess of the carrying value of the asset groups over the undiscounted future cash flows. The decrease in the undiscounted future cash flows from the asset groups was primarily attributable to the decision to cease future commercial investments and begin to wind down current commercial operations. As a result, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $
F-25
The following table summarizes the restructuring activity from 2022 to 2023:
|
|
Termination Benefits |
|
|
Asset Impairments |
|
|
Total |
|
|||
Balance at December 31, 2021 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
April 2022 Restructuring costs incurred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
August 2022 Restructuring costs incurred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Non-cash restructuring costs |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Restructuring costs paid |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
April 2022 Restructuring costs incurred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
August 2022 Restructuring costs incurred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Non-cash restructuring costs |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Restructuring costs paid |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The following table summarizes the classification of restructuring expense, including related impairment of long-lived and intangible assets, in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Cost of revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Research and development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Sales and marketing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
General and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Impairment of long-lived and intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total restructuring expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
12. Stockholders’ Deficit
Preferred Stock
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company has authorized
Common Stock
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company has authorized
The Company effected a reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock, par value $
Following the Reverse Stock Split, the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock decreased from approximately
On February 10, 2023 (the “Closing Date”), the Company issued in a private placement (the “February 2023 Private Placement”) an aggregate of
F-26
(the “Warrants”) at a purchase price of $
The Warrants expire
On November 13, 2020, the Company acquired HGE. The consideration payable to HGE equity holders included certain amounts contingent on the future performance of certain HGE service offerings (the “Contingent Consideration”), which could be paid in cash or common stock, at the sole discretion of the Company. To satisfy a portion of the Contingent Consideration, the Company issued an aggregate of
13. Warrants
The table below sets forth the Company’s warrant activity for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:
|
|
Common Stock Warrants |
|
|||||
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Weighted |
|
||
Outstanding at December 31, 2021 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
Warrants granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Warrants expired |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
Warrants granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Warrants exercised |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Warrants cancelled |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
- |
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2023 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
The Company’s warrants outstanding at December 31, 2023 have exercise prices ranging from $
In connection with its PIK Interest option, the Company has granted SLR the PIK Warrants to purchase an aggregate of
In connection with its February 2023 Private Placement, the Company issued the Pre-Funded Warrants to purchase an aggregate of
In June 2023, Pre-Funded Warrants to purchase
On February 18, 2022, in connection with the Company’s financing arrangement, the Company granted Warrants to purchase
F-27
modified to amend the exercise price from $
14. Disaggregated Revenue
The following table shows the Company’s net revenue disaggregated into categories the Company considers meaningful:
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
US |
|
|
International |
|
|
Total |
|
|||
Net revenue by: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Product revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Capital equipment |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Disposable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Subtotal product revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Lease revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Capital equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Service and other revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total net revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
US |
|
|
International |
|
|
Total |
|
|||
Net revenue by: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Product revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Capital equipment |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Disposable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Subtotal product revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Lease revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Capital equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Service and other revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total net revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
United States and International net revenue is based on the customer location to which the product is shipped. No individual foreign country represents more than
Contract Balances from Contracts with Customers
Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue and other contract liabilities associated with rebates and fees payable to GPOs, IDNs and distributor partners. Deferred revenues are included in contract liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
Other Contract |
|
||
Balance at December 31, 2021 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Subtractions |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Subtractions |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
15. Stock Plans and Stock-Based Compensation
On October 30, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted, and stockholders approved, the Vapotherm, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “2018 Equity Plan”) which provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted and unrestricted stock and stock units, performance awards, and other awards that are convertible
F-28
into or otherwise based on the Company’s common stock. In April 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors amended the 2018 Equity Plan to provide for double-trigger vesting in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2018 Equity Plan).
On January 23, 2019, the Company established a French Qualifying Subplan, which allows for the granting of stock options to purchase shares of common stock for employees and officers who are residents of France, and on August 31, 2020, the Company established a French Qualifying Subplan, which allows for the granting of not only stock options to purchase shares of common stock but also restricted stock units for employees and officers who are residents of France, and superseded and replaced the prior subplan. The options and restricted stock unit awards under the French Qualifying Subplan reside under the umbrella of the 2018 Equity Plan.
Subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, the number of shares of common stock that may be issued in satisfaction of awards under the 2018 Equity Plan was initially
Stock-based compensation expense is allocated based on the employees’ and non-employees’ functions as follows:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Cost of revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Research and development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Sales and marketing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
General and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company granted
The Company elected to modify certain outstanding option awards which resulted in the recognition of additional compensation expense of less than $
Stock Options
Under the terms of the 2018 Equity Plan, the exercise price of the options is determined by the Board of Directors at the time of grant. Options granted under the 2018 Equity Plan and prior plans, including the 2015 Equity Plan, vest ratably over a period of to
F-29
Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Underlying |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
||||
|
|
Common |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
||||
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price |
|
|
Term |
|
|
Value |
|
||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Options granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Options exercised |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Options canceled |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Options expired |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Outstanding at December 31, 2023 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|||
Exercisable at December 31, 2023 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|||
Vested and unvested expected to vest at |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
- |
|
The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $
The weighted average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes options pricing model are as follows:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
||
|
|
2023 |
|
2022 |
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
||
Risk free interest rate |
|
|
||
Expected stock price volatility |
|
|
||
Expected term (years) |
|
|
The Company assumed an average forfeiture rate of
Restricted Stock Units
A summary of restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
||
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
||
Unvested at December 31, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Vested |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Canceled |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2023 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
F-30
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to its unvested restricted stock units of $
Performance Stock Units
The Company has granted performance stock units. The quantity of shares that will ultimately vest and be issued upon settlement of the performance stock units range from
A summary of performance stock unit activity, assuming target level of performance, during the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
||
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
||
Unvested at December 31, 2022 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
Granted/purchased |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Vested |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Canceled |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Unvested at December 31, 2023 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
As of December 31, 2023, the Company had
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, the number of shares of common stock that are available for issuance under the ESPP was initially
The ESPP provides for successive discrete offering periods of approximately six months or as determined by the plan administrator. The first offering period began on January 2, 2020 and ended on May 14, 2020. Subsequent offering periods began on each November 15th and May 15th or the first trading day thereafter. During the fourth quarter of 2021, the plan administrator revised the six-month offering periods to begin on each January 1st and July 1st or the trading day thereafter. During the year ended December 31, 2023,
The ESPP permits eligible employees to elect to purchase shares of common stock through fixed whole percentage contributions from eligible compensation during each offering period, not to exceed
Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant will be used to purchase shares of common stock at the end of each offering period. The purchase price of the shares will be
F-31
The fair value of the purchase right for the ESPP option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following range of assumptions:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
||
|
|
2023 |
|
2022 |
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
||
Risk free interest rate |
|
|
||
Expected stock price volatility |
|
|
||
Expected term (years) |
|
|
16. Income Taxes
Net loss before income taxes is as follows:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
United States |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Singapore |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
United Kingdom |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Germany |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Mexico |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
Brazil |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded a tax provision of $
A reconciliation of income tax expense is computed as the statutory federal income tax rate to income taxes as reflected in the financial statement as follows:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Federal income tax at statutory rate |
|
|
( |
)% |
|
|
( |
)% |
Permanent differences |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Change in valuation allowance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Income tax expense |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
F-32
Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
|
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Deferred Tax Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net operating loss carryforwards |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Research and development costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Tax credit carryforwards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Stock option expense attributed to non-ISO stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Operating lease liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Inventory valuation reserves |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued bonus and vacation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued warranty |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accounts receivable allowance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other temporary differences |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Gross deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Less: Valuation allowance |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred Tax Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Depreciation |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Operating lease liabilities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Intangible assets |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
- |
|
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Net Deferred Tax Assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The Company’s major tax jurisdictions are the states of New Hampshire and Pennsylvania, and the United States, Singapore, the United Kingdom, Germany, Mexico and Brazil. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $
Management of the Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets generated from its UK subsidiary, which are comprised principally of net operating loss carryforwards and temporary differences between U.S. GAAP and tax depreciation. Under the applicable accounting standards management has concluded that the Company will realize the benefit of the subsidiary’s deferred tax asset.
Management of the Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its domestic deferred tax assets, which are comprised principally of net operating loss carryforwards, capitalized research and development expenses, and research and development credits. Under the applicable accounting standards, management has considered the Company’s history of losses and concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the benefits of federal and state deferred tax assets. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of $
Years prior to 2018 are generally closed due to statute of limitations for purposes of taxing jurisdictions assessing additional tax; however, the tax attributes, including net operating losses and research credits, from such years can still be reviewed and reduced upon audit.
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions pursuant to ASC 740, Income Taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. If the tax position meets this threshold, the benefit to be recognized is measured as the tax benefit having the highest likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authority. The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties in the provision for income taxes. Management is not aware
F-33
of any uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company determined that there were
Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), due to ownership change limitations that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized to offset future taxable income and reduce taxes, respectively. The Company has not currently completed an evaluation of ownership changes through December 31, 2023 to assess whether utilization of the Company’s net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. To the extent an ownership change is determined to have occurred under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to limitation.
17. Net Loss Per Share
As of December 31, 2023, the remaining outstanding Pre-Funded Warrants to purchase
The Company excluded the following potential shares of common stock, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2022 |
|
||
Options to purchase common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Unvested restricted stock units and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Warrants to purchase common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. Related Party Transactions
The Company recorded sales of $
19. Employee Benefit Plan
The Company has a 401(k) retirement plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for the benefit of eligible employees, as defined. Each participant may elect to contribute up to
20. Subsequent Events
On February 21, 2024, the Company entered into the Sixth Amendment with SLR while the Company evaluates its debt restructuring and financing options. This amendment extends the Company’s option to pay up to
F-34